summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dialogl
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorKarl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>2011-01-20 22:23:40 +0000
committerKarl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>2011-01-20 22:23:40 +0000
commit07899da1626d7e1e1d782a72ece3588442da6c7e (patch)
treed5b1de235090a5af9517f8525a508dfb4f4c8a6f /Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dialogl
parent26a263f4b5fc1171444b7d04d05b1831317f36b5 (diff)
rm dialogl, noinfo license, author sadly deceased
git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@21137 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751
Diffstat (limited to 'Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dialogl')
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dialogl/READ.ME169
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dialogl/animal.dat254
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dialogl/default.los77
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dialogl/dialog.dtx1436
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dialogl/dialog.stp339
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dialogl/dialogl.ins48
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dialogl/grabhedr.dtx519
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dialogl/grabhedr.stp144
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dialogl/listout.dtx5069
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dialogl/menus.dtx989
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dialogl/menus.stp240
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dialogl/uktex91.1x159
12 files changed, 0 insertions, 9443 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dialogl/READ.ME b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dialogl/READ.ME
deleted file mode 100644
index 2a8bb103a93..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dialogl/READ.ME
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,169 +0,0 @@
-The `dialogl' collection Michael Downes, 10-Nov-1994
- mjd@math.ams.org (Internet)
-
-The purpose of the `dialogl' collection is to gather together in one
-place a lot of information and examples---probably more than you really
-wanted---about how to write TeX macros to carry on dialog with the user.
-The centerpiece of the package is the file `dialog.sty', which makes it
-easy to add bits of dialog to a LaTeX document; it can also be used with
-non-LaTeX macro packages, if they are plain.tex compatible. Another
-file, listout.tex, has a menu system built with the functions defined in
-menus.sty, which you may enjoy trying out. Listout.tex was originally
-written to work with plain TeX; my later attempts to retrofit LaTeX
-compatibility may have some gaps, but it seems to work in the simple
-tests that I have done.
-
-The total size of the dialogl collection is approximately 580K.
-
-INSTALLATION:
-
-LATEX: The .sty files and listout.tex should go into your
-LaTeX input files area, wherever that may be on your system. The
-remaining files can go wherever you want.
-
-PLAIN TEX: For use with plain TeX, old LaTeX (version 2.09), or other
-non-LaTeX formats, installation is essentially the same as above,
-except that for the .sty files you should use the `plain' versions by
-renaming grabhedr.stp to grabhedr.sty, dialog.stp to dialog.sty, and
-menus.stp to menus.sty. These versions don't include LaTeX
-administrative functions such as \ProvidesPackage.
-
-Suggested usage:
-
-(1) Try using listout.tex to print out some e-mail or program source
-files (e.g. TeX macros), eight or ten pages: Give the command
-
- tex listout
-
-Navigate through the menu system, try to break it by giving bizarre
-answers, look for other kinds of deficiencies. (Send me mail if you find
-something that ought to be fixed.) Find and try out the `tiny tabs'
-option. Find out how to make Control-L characters produce a `newpage'
-effect in the printout.
-
-(2) Print pages 1--5 of the documentation for dialog.sty (dia-driv.tex,
-~25 pages total, see below). You will need doc.sty to do this. Look at
-the user functions described in the documentation to see which ones you
-might want to use.
-
-(3) Try out the animals.tex game: Think of any old animal and give the
-command
-
- tex animals
-
-(The entertaining part is making up the questions when TeX fails to
-guess your animal. Be creative, have fun.)
-
-(4) If you are interested, print out codialog.tex (29 pages): it gives
-a technical overview of TeX's capabilities for dialog, with various
-examples. Further technical discussion is found in the .dtx files, which
-can be printed out individually or using the driver file dia-driv.tex.
-
- dialog.dtx 11 pages
- menus.dtx 9 pages
- grabhedr.dtx 4 pages
- listout.dtx 40 pages (includes a full listing of menus at the end)
-
-FUTURE ENHANCEMENTS NEEDED
-
----Add \nmenu, \nxmenu.
-
----Adapt further for LaTeX2e. `menus' might perhaps better be done as a
-package option of the dialog package:
-
- \usepackage[menus]{dialog}
-
-to cut down on the number of different files required.
-
----Add support for reading menus from disk to cut down on memory
-consumption (currently latex2e+listout.tex uses more than 65K,
-producing `TeX capacity exceeded' error for small TeXs).
-
----Provide better documentation about what is available for use in the
-running heads/feet (\todaysdate, \nowtime, (\TeXdate \TeXtime?),
-\thisfilename, \dirprefix, etc. Also \folio should be separated into
-\columnfolio and \pagefolio or maybe \pagefolio and \sheetfolio so that
-they can be put in different places separately.
-
----Provide better support for printing characters in the range 0-31,
-127-255 if suitable fonts are available. (Where the meaning of
-`suitable' is system-dependent and language-dependent.)
-
----Provide support for embedding `listout' fragments in parent
-documents. Output routine complications make this difficult for
-fragments more than one page long, unless they are restricted to single
-column format. But even that much would be useful.
-
----Add an index for listout.dtx.
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-File list:
-
-INSTALLATION
-
- read.me
- dialogl.ins (for LaTeX2e)
- diatest.tex (test file)
-
-UTILITIES
-
- dialog.sty dialog.stp
- menus.sty menus.stp
- grabhedr.sty grabhedr.stp
-
- listout.tex
-
-DOCUMENTATION
-
- Main File Subfiles
- ---------------------------
- dia-driv.tex dialog.dtx
- menus.dtx
- grabhedr.dtx
-
- listout.dtx default.los
-
- codialog.tex animals.tex
- animals2.tex
- animal.dat
- cnvunits.tex
- fontmenu.tex
- fontmenu.log
- uktex91.1x
-
- dialogl.sty
-
-DIA-DRIV.TEX
-
-This is the driver file for printing out the documentation of
-dialog.sty, menus.sty, and grabhedr.sty. Run it through standard
-LaTeX.
-
-It will probably appear as an article in TUGboat, some time in 1994.
-
-CODIALOG.TEX
-
-This is a substantially revised and augmented version of the paper
-`Dialog with TeX' that appeared in the Proceedings of the 1991 TUG
-Conference at Dedham, Massachusetts (TUGboat vol 12 no 3, December
-1991, Part 2). [In other words: I was dissatisfied with the first
-published version, so I am `publishing' here a better organized
-version with some nice added examples.]
-
-The following files that are printed in the appendixes of the paper are
-included in electronic form in case any finds some use for them.
-
----animals.tex is derived from Andrew Marc Greene's original game
-file of the same name (TUGboat 10(4), pages 691--705, 1989), modified
-slightly to allow starting over again with a new animal without having to
-restart TeX. Included here by permission of the author.
-
----uktex91.1x is an excerpt from uktex91.001 where Brian Hamilton
-Kelly's checknum.sty first appeared.
-
----fontmenu.tex shows how the token-deletion option of TeX's
-error recovery mechanism can be used to implement a crude menu
-facility.
-
----cnvunits.tex contains some routines that demonstrate conversion of
-point units to inch units.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dialogl/animal.dat b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dialogl/animal.dat
deleted file mode 100644
index 6a706aba3e0..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dialogl/animal.dat
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,254 +0,0 @@
-1
-Does it have four legs?
-2
-3
-2
-Is it an amphibian?
-4
-5
-3
-Does it have six legs?
-6
-7
-4
-Does it have a tail?
-36
-37
-5
-Is it a big kind of cat?
-10
-11
-6
-Does it have big hind legs used for jumping?
-40
-41
-7
-Is it a fish?
-8
-9
-8
-Is it an American gamefish?
-42
-43
-9
-Does it fly?
-20
-21
-10
-Does it have stripes?
-12
-13
-11
-Does it have stripes?
-14
-15
-12
-I don't know
-60
-61
-13
-Is it a lion?
-0
--1
-14
-Is it a lizard?
-32
-33
-15
-Is it big and gray and not at all forgetful?
-16
-17
-16
-Is it an elephant?
-0
--1
-17
-Is it a domesticated animal?
-18
-19
-18
-Is it some kind of canine?
-24
-25
-19
-Is it a reptile?
-26
-27
-20
-Does it wake up chicken farmers in the morning?
-38
-39
-21
-Is it a crustacean?
-22
-23
-22
-Is it a crayfish?
-0
--1
-23
-Does it have ANY legs?
-28
-29
-24
-Is it a dachshund?
-0
--1
-25
-Is it ridable?
-52
-53
-26
-Is it a desert dweller?
-34
-35
-27
-Is it a rodent?
-62
-63
-28
-Does it have EIGHT legs?
-46
-47
-29
-Does it have a poisonous bite?
-30
-31
-30
-Is it a rattlesnake?
-0
--1
-31
-Is it a mammal?
-44
-45
-32
-Is it a Gila monster?
-0
--1
-33
-Is it a zebra?
-0
--1
-34
-Is it a horned toad?
-0
--1
-35
-Does it have a broad as opposed to narrow snout?
-58
-59
-36
-Is it a salamander?
-0
--1
-37
-Is it a bullfrog?
-0
--1
-38
-Is it a rooster?
-0
--1
-39
-Is it black and smart?
-50
-51
-40
-Is it a grasshopper?
-0
--1
-41
-Is it an ant?
-0
--1
-42
-Is it a largemouth bass?
-0
--1
-43
-Is it a goldfish?
-0
--1
-44
-Is it a humpback whale?
-0
--1
-45
-Does it float along the ocean beach stinging hapless swimmers?
-48
-49
-46
-Is it an octopus?
-0
--1
-47
-Is it an ostrich?
-0
--1
-48
-Is it a Portuguese man o'war?
-0
--1
-49
-Is it a garter snake?
-0
--1
-50
-Is it a crow?
-0
--1
-51
-Is it a parakeet?
-0
--1
-52
-Is it a horse?
-0
--1
-53
-Is it a feline?
-54
-55
-54
-Is it a Siamese cat?
-0
--1
-55
-Does it have a flattened snout?
-56
-57
-56
-Is it a hawg?
-0
--1
-57
-Is it a Holstein cow?
-0
--1
-58
-Is it an alligator?
-0
--1
-59
-Is it a crocodile?
-0
--1
-60
-Is it a bobcat?
-0
--1
-61
-Is it a tiger?
-0
--1
-62
-Is it mouse?
-0
--1
-63
-Is it a hyena?
-0
--1
--1
-64
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dialogl/default.los b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dialogl/default.los
deleted file mode 100644
index 280a240b7f2..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dialogl/default.los
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-% Option settings for listout.tex, 1994/11/4 15:45
-\def\Jan{January}\def\Feb{February}\def\Mar{March}\relax
-\def\Apr{April}\def\May{May}\def\Jun{June}\relax
-\def\Jul{July}\def\Aug{August}\def\Sep{September}\relax
-\def\Oct{October}\def\Nov{November}\def\Dec{December}\relax
-
-\let\landscape=\TRUE
-
-\pawd=794.96999pt
-\def\paperwidth{11in}
-\paht=614.295pt
-\def\paperheight{8.5in}
-\topmargin=18.06749pt
-\bottommargin=19.22751pt
-\leftmargin=21.68121pt
-\rightmargin=21.68121pt
-\normalbaselineskip=10.0pt\relax
-\def\mainfontsize{10}
-\def\mainfont{typewriter}
-\chardef\totalcols=2\relax
-\colwd=369.38373pt
-\def\columnwidth{369.38373pt}
-\let\dependentcolwd=\TRUE
-
-\let\dependentrightmargin=\TRUE
-
-\colht=577.0pt
-\def\columnheight{64 lines}
-\let\dependentcolht=\TRUE
-
-\let\dependentbottommargin=\TRUE
-
-\intercolspace=12.0pt
-\overrun=21.68121pt
-\fullwd=751.60756pt
-
-\def\newfileoption{P}
-\let\printtitles=\TRUE
-
-\def\titlefont{bold}
-\def\titlefontsize{10}
-\def\titlecase{none}
-\def\datesepchar{/}
-\def\todaysdate{\dateA}
-\def\nowtime{\timeB}
-\def\timesepchar{:}
-\def\ampmpunct{.}
-\let\keepleadingzeros=\TRUE
-
-\def\linenumberfontsize{5}
-\def\linenumberfont{roman}
-\let\linenumbers=\FALSE
-\linenumberfreq=1\relax
-\def\pagenumberfont{bold}
-\def\pagenumberfontsize{7}
-\let\runheads=\TRUE
-
-\runhead={\todaysdate \space \nowtime \space \hfil \thisfilename \space \hfil \pagenumber }
-\def\runheadfont{roman}
-\def\runheadfontsize{7}
-\runheadht=24.0pt
-\let\runfeet=\FALSE
-\runfoot={}
-\def\runfootfont{roman}
-\def\runfootfontsize{6}
-\runfootht=24.0pt
-\def\spacebreak{\penalty \z@ }
-\def\breakingchars{}
-\let\noextralinebreaks=\FALSE
-\def\controlLaction{N}
-\def\eightbitaction{B}
-\def\systemtype{DOS}
-\def\losdir{}
-\storemesj\dirprefix{}
-\chardef\spacespertab=8\relax
-\chardef\tabselect=1\relax
-
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dialogl/dialog.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dialogl/dialog.dtx
deleted file mode 100644
index 3a645e8b5fc..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dialogl/dialog.dtx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1436 +0,0 @@
-%%% ====================================================================
-%%% @LaTeX-style-file{
-%%% filename = "dialog.sty",
-%%% version = "0.9y",
-%%% date = "1994/11/08",
-%%% time = "13:31:30 EST",
-%%% checksum = "20801 1436 7278 54732",
-%%% author = "Michael Downes",
-%%% email = "mjd@math.ams.org (Internet)",
-%%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
-%%% keywords = "TeX, dialog",
-%%% supported = "yes",
-%%% abstract = "This file provides functions for writing
-%%% messages and menus on screen, and reading user responses. It
-%%% can be used with LaTeX as a documentstyle option, or in
-%%% other forms of TeX by a standard \input statement.",
-%%% docstring = "The checksum field above contains a CRC-16
-%%% checksum as the first value, followed by the equivalent of
-%%% the standard UNIX wc (word count) utility output of lines,
-%%% words, and characters. This is produced by Robert Solovay's
-%%% checksum utility.",
-%%% }
-%%% ====================================================================
-%
-% \iffalse
-%<*driver>
-\input{dia-driv.tex}
-%</driver>
-% \fi
-%
-% \section{History}
-% This file, \fn{dialog.sty}, was born out of a utility called
-% \fn{listout.tex} that I wrote for my personal use. The purpose of
-% \fn{listout.tex} was to facilitate printing out plain text
-% files\Dash electronic mail, program source files in various
-% programming languages, and, foremost, \tex/ macro files and log
-% files. An important part of my \tex/ programming practice is to
-% print out a macro file on paper and read it through, marking
-% corrections along the way, then use the marked copy as a script
-% for editing the file. (For one thing, this allows me to analyze
-% and mark corrections while riding the bus to work, or
-% sitting out in the back yard to supervise the kids.) The output I
-% normally desired was two `pages' per sheet of U.S. letter-size
-% paper printed landscape, in order to conserve paper.
-%
-% Once created, \fn{listout.tex} quickly became my favorite means
-% of printing out plain text files, not to mention an indispensable
-% tool in my debugging toolbox: I turn on \cw{tracingmacros} and
-% \cw{tracingcommands}, then print out the resulting log file so
-% that I can see several hundred lines of the log at once (by
-% spreading out two or three pages on my desk with 100+ lines per
-% page); then I trace through, cross things out, label other
-% things, draw arrows, and so forth.
-%
-% I soon added a filename prompting loop to make it convenient to
-% print multiple files in a single run. In the process of
-% perfecting this simple prompting routine\Dash over two or three
-% years\Dash and adding the ability to optionally specify things like
-% number of columns at run time, eventually I wrote so much
-% dialog-related macro code that it became clear this code should
-% be moved out of \fn{listout.tex} into its own module. The result
-% was \fn{dialog.sty}.
-%
-% Before getting into the macro definitions and technical
-% commentary, here are descriptions from the user's
-% perspective of the functions defined in this file.
-%
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% \section{Message-sending functions}
-%
-%\begin{usage}
-%\mesj{<text>}
-%\end{usage}
-% Sends the message verbatim: category 12 for all special
-% characters except braces, tab characters, and carriage returns:
-%
-%^^V { } ^^I ^^M
-%
-% Naturally, the catcode changes are effective only if \cw{mesj} is
-% used directly, not inside a macro argument or definition
-% replacement text.
-%
-% Multiple spaces in the argument of \cw{mesj} print as multiple
-% spaces on screen. A tab character produces always eight spaces;
-% `smart' handling of tabs is more complicated than I would care to
-% attempt.
-%
-% Line breaks in the argument of \cw{mesj} will produce line breaks
-% on screen. That is, you don't need to enter a special sequence
-% such as \ctrl{J}\qc{\%} to get line breaks. See the technical
-% commentary for \cw{mesjsetup} for details. Even though curly
-% braces are left with their normal catcodes, they can be printed
-% in a message without any problem, if they occur in balanced
-% pairs. If not, the message should be sent using \cw{xmesj}
-% instead of \cw{mesj}.
-%
-% Because of its careful handling of the message text, \cw{mesj} is
-% extremely easy to use. The only thing you have to worry about is
-% having properly matched braces. Beyond that, you simply type
-% everything exactly as you want it to appear on screen.
-%
-%\begin{usage}
-%\xmesj{<text>}
-%\end{usage}
-% This is like \cw{mesj} but expands embedded control sequences
-% instead of printing them verbatim. All special characters have
-% category 12 except backslash, percent, braces, tab, return, and
-% ampersand:
-%
-%^^V \ % { } ^^I ^^M &
-%
-% The first four have normal \tex/ catcodes to make it possible to
-% use most normal \tex/ commands, and comments, in the message
-% text. \ctrl{I} and \ctrl{M} are catcode 13 and behave as
-% described for \cw{mesj}. The \qc{\&} is a special convenience, an
-% abbreviation for \cw{noexpand}, to use for controlling expansion
-% inside the message text.
-%
-% Doubled backslash \cs{\\} in the argument will produce a single
-% category 12 backslash character\Dash thus, \verb'\\xxx' can be used
-% instead of \cw{string}\cw{xxx} or \cw{noexpand}\cw{xxx} (notice
-% that this works even for outer things like \cw{bye} or
-% \cw{newif}). Similarly \cs{\%}, \cs{\{}, \cs{\}} and \cs{\&}
-% produce the corresponding single characters.
-%
-% Category 12 space means that you cannot write something like
-%
-%^^V \ifvmode h\else v\fi rule
-%
-% in the argument of \cw{xmesj} without getting a space after the
-% \cw{ifvmode}, \cw{else}, and \cw{fi}.%^^A
-%^^A
-%\footnote{Well, actually, you could replace each space by
-%\qc{\%}\meta{newline} to get rid of it. But that makes the message
-%text harder to read for the programmer.}
-%^^A
-% Since occasionally this may be troublesome, \cs{\.} is defined
-% inside the argument of \cw{xmesj} to be a `control word
-% terminator': If the expansion of \cw{foo} is \verb'abc', then
-% \verb'\foo\.xyz' produces \verb'abcxyz' on screen (as opposed to
-% \verb'\foo xyz' which would produce \verb'abc xyz'). Thus the
-% above conditional could be written as
-%
-%^^V \ifvmode\.h\else\.v\fi\.rule
-%
-% Even though the catcode changes done by \cw{xmesj} setup have no
-% effect if \cw{xmesj} is used inside an argument or definition
-% replacement text, I find it convenient occasionally to use
-% \cw{xmesj} in those contexts, in order to get other aspects of the
-% \cw{xmesj} setup. For instance, if you need to embed a message
-% that contains a percent sign inside a definition, you can write
-%
-%^^V \def\foo{...
-%^^V \xmesj{... this is a percent
-%^^V sign: \% (sans backslash) ...}
-%^^V ...}
-%
-% To further support such uses of \cw{xmesj}, the following changes
-% are also done by \cw{xmesj} setup: the backslash-space control
-% symbol {\tt\bslash\char32} is made equivalent to \cw{space};
-% \cs{\^^J} and \cs{\^^M} are defined to produce a \cw{newlinechar};
-% and active tilde \qc{\~} will produce a category-12 tilde.
-%
-% Among other things, this setup makes it easier to obtain
-% newlines and multiple spaces in an embedded message. For example,
-% in the following definition the message will have a line break on
-% screen for each backslash at the end of a line, and the third
-% line will be indented four spaces.
-%
-%^^V \def\bar{...
-%^^V \xmesj{First line\
-%^^V Second line\
-%^^V \ \ \ \ Indented line\
-%^^V Last line}%
-%^^V ...}
-%
-% The alternative of defining a separate message function
-% \cw{barfoo} with \cw{f[x]mesj} and calling \cw{barfoo} inside of
-% \cw{bar} would allow more natural entry of the newlines and the
-% multiple spaces, but would be slightly more expensive in string
-% pool and hash table usage.
-%
-%\begin{usage}
-%\promptmesj{<text>}
-%\promptxmesj{<text>}
-%\end{usage}
-% These are like \cw{mesj}, \cw{xmesj} but use \cw{message} rather
-% than \cw{immediate}\cw{write}\verb'16' internally, thus if the
-% following operation is a \cw{read}, the user will see the cursor
-% on screen at the end of the last line, as may be desired when
-% prompting for a short reply, rather than at the beginning of the
-% next line. The character \qc{\!} is preempted internally for
-% newlinechar, for these two functions only,
-% which means that it cannot be actually printed in
-% the message text. Use of a visible character such as \qc{\!},
-% rather than the normal \cw{newlinechar} \ctrl{J}, is necessary
-% for robustness because of the fact that the \cw{message}
-% primitive was unable to use an `invisible' character (outside the
-% range 32--126) for newlines up until \tex/ version 3.1415, which
-% some users do not yet have (at the time of this writing\Dash July
-% 1994).
-%
-%\begin{usage}
-%\storemesj\foo{<text>}
-%\storexmesj\foo{<text>}
-%\end{usage}
-% These functions are similar to \cw{mesj}, \cw{xmesj} but store the
-% given text in the control sequence \cw{foo} instead of immediately
-% sending the message. Standard \tex/ parameter syntax can be used
-% to make \cw{foo} a function with arguments, e.g. after
-%
-%^^V \storemesj\foo#1{...#1...}
-%
-% then you can later write
-%
-%^^V \message{\foo{\the\hsize}}
-%
-% and get the current value of \cw{hsize} into the middle of the
-% message text. Consequently also in the x-version \cw{storexmesj} a
-% category-12 \qc{\#} character can be obtained with \cs{\#}.
-%
-%\begin{usage}
-%\fmesj\foobar#1#2...{...#1...#2...}
-%\end{usage}
-% Defines \cw{foobar} as a function that will take the given
-% arguments, sow them into the message text \verb"{...}", and send
-% the message. In the message text all special characters are
-% category 12 except for braces, \qc{\#}, tab, and carriage return.
-%
-% If an unmatched brace or a \qc{\#} must be printed in the message
-% text \cw{fxmesj} must be used instead. (\arg{#} could be used to
-% insert a single category-6 \qc{\#} token into the message text, and
-% \tex/ would print it without an error, but both \cw{message} and
-% \cw{write} would print it as two \arg{#} characters, even though
-% it's only a single token internally.)
-%
-%\begin{usage}
-%\fxmesj\foobar#1#2...{...#1...#2...}
-%\end{usage}
-% Combination of \cw{xmesj} and \cw{fmesj}. Defines \cw{foobar} like
-% \cw{fmesj}, but with full expansion of the replacement text and
-% with normal category codes for backslash, percent, braces, and hash
-% \qc{\#}. The control symbols \cs{\\} \cs{\%} \cs{\{} \cs{\}}
-% \cs{\&} and \cs{\.} can be used as in \cw{xmesj}, with also \cs{\#}
-% for printing a \qc{\#} character of category 12.
-%
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% \section{Reading functions}
-%
-%\begin{usage}
-%\readline{<default>}\answer
-%\end{usage}
-% This reads a line of input from the user into the macro
-% \cw{answer}. (The macro name can be anything chosen by the
-% programmer, not just \cw{answer}.) Before reading, all special
-% characters are deactivated, so that the primitive \cw{read} will
-% not choke if the user happens to enter something like \cw{newif}
-% or {\sc control-l} or \qc{\}}. Depending on the operating
-% system, certain characters\Dash e.g., {\sc control-c}, {\sc
-% control-z}, {\sc control-d}, {\sc control-h}\Dash might have
-% special effects instead of being entered into the replacement
-% text of \cw{answer}, regardless of the catcode changes. To
-% take the most obvious example, under most
-% operating systems, typing {\sc control-h} (the Rubout or
-% Backward-Delete key) will delete the previous character from the
-% user's response, instead of entering an \ascii/ character 8
-% into \cw{answer}.
-%
-% There is one significant exception from the catcode changes that
-% are done for \cw{readline}: spaces and tabs retain their normal
-% catcode of 10, so that multiple spaces in an answer will be
-% reduced to a single space, and macros with normal space-delimited
-% arguments will work when applied to the answer. (I can't think of
-% any likely scenario where category 12 for spaces would be
-% useful.) Also, the catcode of \ctrl{M} is set to 9 (ignore) so
-% that an empty line\Dash meaning that the user just pressed the
-% carriage return/enter key\Dash will result in an empty \cw{answer}.
-% If the answer is empty, the given default string will be
-% substituted. The default string can be empty.
-%
-%\begin{usage}
-%\xreadline{<default>}\answer
-%\end{usage}
-% Like \cw{readline} but the answer is read as executable tokens;
-% the usual catcodes of the \tex/ special characters remain in
-% effect while reading the answer. A few common outer things
-% (\cw{bye}, \cs{\+}, \cw{newif}, \ctrl{L}, among others) are
-% neutralized before the \cw{read} is done, but the user can still
-% cause problems by entering some other outer control sequence or
-% unbalanced braces. I doubt there's any bulletproof solution, if
-% the tokens are to remain executable, short of the usual last
-% resort: reading the answer using \cw{readline}, writing it to a
-% file, then inputting the file.
-%
-%\begin{usage}
-%\readchar{<default>}\answer
-%\end{usage}
-% This is like \cw{readline} but it reduces the answer to its first
-% character. \meta{default} is either a single character or empty.
-%
-%\begin{usage}
-%\readChar{<default>}\answer
-%\end{usage}
-% This is like \cw{readchar} and also uppercases the answer.
-%
-%\begin{usage}
-%\changecase\uppercase\answer
-%\end{usage}
-% The function \cw{changecase} redefines its second argument, which
-% must be a macro, to contain the same text as before, but
-% uppercased or lowercased according to the first argument. Thus
-% \cw{readChar}\verb'{Q}'\cw{answer} is equivalent to
-%
-%^^V \readchar{q}\answer
-%^^V \changecase\uppercase\answer
-%
-% It might sometimes be desirable to force lower case before using
-% a file name given by the user, for example.
-%
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% \section{Checking functions}
-%
-%\begin{usage}
-%\checkinteger\reply\tempcount
-%\end{usage}
-% To read in and check an answer that is supposed to be an integer,
-% use \cw{readline}{}\cw{reply} and then apply \cw{checkinteger} to
-% the \cw{reply}, supplying a count register, not necessarily named
-% \cw{tempcount}, wherein \cw{checkinteger} will leave the validated
-% integer. If \cw{reply} does not contain a valid integer the
-% returned value will be \verb'-'\cw{maxdimen}.
-%
-% At the present time only decimal digits are handled;
-% some valid \tex/ numbers such as \verb'"AB', \verb'`\@',
-% \cw{number}\cw{prevgraf}, or a count register name, will not be
-% recognized by \cw{checkinteger}. There seems to be no bulletproof
-% way to allow these possibilities.
-%
-% Tests that hide \cw{checkinteger} under the hood, such as a
-% \cw{nonnegativeinteger} test, are not provided because as often as
-% not the number being prompted for will have to be tested to see if
-% it falls inside a more specific range, such as 0\dash 255 for an
-% 8-bit number or 1\dash 31 for a date, and it seems common sense to
-% omit overhead if it would usually be redundant. It's easy enough to
-% define such a test for yourself, if you want one.
-%
-%\begin{usage}
-%\checkdimen\reply\tempdim
-%\end{usage}
-% Analog of \cw{checkinteger} for dimension values. If \cw{reply}
-% does not contain a valid dimension the value returned in
-% \cw{tempdim} will be \verb'-'\cw{maxdimen}.
-%
-% Only explicit dimensions with decimal digits, optional decimal
-% point and more decimal digits, followed by explicit units
-% \verb'pt' \verb'cm' \verb'in' or whatever are checked for; some
-% valid \tex/ dimensions such as \cw{parindent},
-% \verb'.3'\cw{baselineskip}, or \cw{fontdimen}\verb'5'\cw{font}
-% will not be recognized by \cw{checkdimen}.
-%
-% \subsection*{What good is all this?}
-% What good is all this stuff, practically speaking?\Dash you may
-% ask. Well, a typical application might be something like: At the
-% beginning of a document, prompt interactively to find out if the
-% user wants to print on A4 or US letter-size paper, or change the
-% top or left margin. Such a query could be done like this:
-%
-%^^V \promptxmesj{
-%^^V Do you want to print on A4 or US letter paper?
-%^^V Enter u or U for US letter, anything else for A4: }
-%^^V \readChar{A}\reply % default = A4
-%^^V \if U\reply \textheight=11in \textwidth=8.5in
-%^^V \else \textheight=297mm \textwidth=210mm \fi
-%^^V % Subtract space for 1-inch margins
-%^^V \addtolength{\textheight}{-2in}
-%^^V \addtolength{\textwidth}{-2in}
-%^^V
-%^^V \promptxmesj{
-%^^V Left margin setting? [Return = keep current value,
-%^^V \the\oddsidemargin]: }
-%^^V \readline{\the\oddsidemargin}\reply
-%^^V \checkdimen\reply{\dimen0}
-%^^V \ifdim\dimen0>-\maxdimen
-%^^V \setlength\oddsidemargin{\dimen0}%
-%^^V \xmesj{OK, using new left margin of %
-%^^V \the\oddsidemargin.}
-%^^V \else
-%^^V \xmesj{Sorry, I don't understand %
-%^^V that reply: `\reply'.\
-%^^V Using default value: \the\oddsidemargin.}
-%^^V \fi
-%
-% Although \latex/'s \cw{typeout} and \cw{typein} functions can
-% be used for this same task, they are rather more awkward, and
-% checking the margin value for validity would be quite difficult.
-%
-% \StopEventually{}
-%
-% \section{Implementation}
-% Standard package identification:
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*2e>
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesPackage{dialog}[1994/11/08 v0.9y]
-%</2e>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% \section{Preliminaries}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*2e>
-\RequirePackage{grabhedr}
-%</2e>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% If \fn{grabhedr.sty} is not already loaded, load it now. The
-% \cw{trap.input} function is explained in \fn{grabhedr.doc}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*209>
-\csname trap.input\endcsname
-\input grabhedr.sty \relax
-\fileversiondate{dialog.sty}{0.9y}{1994/11/08}%
-%</209>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% The functions \cw{localcatcodes} and \cw{restore\-catcodes} are
-% defined in \fn{grabhedr.sty}. We use them to save and restore
-% catcodes of any special characters needed in this file whose
-% current catcodes might not be what we want them to be. Saving and
-% restoring catcode of at-sign \qc{\@} makes this file work equally
-% well as a \latex/ documentstyle option or as a simple input file in
-% other contexts. The double quote character \qc{\"} might be active
-% for German and other languages. Saving and restoring tilde \qc{\~},
-% hash \qc{\#}, caret \qc{\^}, and left quote \qc{\`} catcodes is
-% normally redundant but reduces the number of assumptions we must
-% rely on. (The following catcodes are assumed: \qc{\\} 0, \qc{\{} 1,
-% \qc{\}} 2, \qc{\%} 14, {\tt a}\dash {\tt z} {\tt A}\dash {\tt Z}
-% 11, {\tt 0}\dash {\tt 9} \qc{\.} \qc{\-} 12. Also note that
-% \cw{endlinechar} is assumed to have a non-null value.)
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%% The line break is significant here:
-\localcatcodes{\@{11}\ {10}\
-{5}\~{13}\"{12}\#{6}\^{7}\`{12}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% \section{Definitions}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\otherchars}
-%
-% For deactivating characters with special catcodes during
-% \cw{readline} we use, instead of \cw{dospecials}, a more
-% bulletproof (albeit slower) combination of \cw{otherchars},
-% \cw{controlchars}, and \cw{highchars} that covers all characters in
-% the range 0\dash 255 except letters and digits. Handling the
-% characters above 127 triples the overhead done for each read
-% operation or message definition but seems mandatory for maximum
-% robustness.^^A
-%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% \footnote{If you are using \fn{dialog.sty} functions on a slow
-% computer, you might want to try setting \cw{highchars} = empty to
-% see if that helps the speed.}
-%^^A%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%
-% \cw{otherchars} includes the thirty-three nonalphanumeric visible
-% characters (counting space as visible). It is intended as an
-% executable list like \cw{dospecials} but, as an exercise in
-% memory conservation, it is constructed without the \cw{do}s. For
-% the usual application of changing catcodes, the list can still be
-% executed nicely as shown below. Also, if we arrange to
-% make sure that each character token gets category 12, it's not
-% necessary to use control symbols such as \cs{\%} in place of
-% those few special characters that would otherwise be difficult to
-% place inside of a definition. This avoids a problem that would
-% otherwise arise if we included \cs{\+} in the list and tried to
-% process the list with a typical definition of \cs{do}: \cs{\+} is
-% `outer' in plain \tex/ and would cause an error message when
-% \cw{do} attempted to read it as an argument. (As a matter of fact
-% the catcode changes below show a different way around that
-% problem, but a list of category-12 character tokens is a fun
-% thing to have around anyway.)
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\begingroup
-% \end{macrocode}
-% First we start a group to localize \cw{catcode} changes. Then we
-% change all relevant catcodes to 12 except for backslash, open
-% brace, and close brace, which can be handled by judicious
-% application of \cw{escapechar}, \cw{string}, \cw{edef}, and
-% \cw{xdef}. By defining \cw{do} in a slightly backward way, so that
-% it doesn't take an argument, we don't need to worry about the
-% presence of \cs{\+} in the list of control symbols. Notice the
-% absence of \cs{\`} from the list of control symbols; it was already
-% catcoded to 12 in the \cw{localcatcodes} declaration at the
-% beginning of this file\Dash otherwise it would be troublesome to
-% make the definition of \cw{do} bulletproof (consider the
-% possibilities that \qc{\`} might have catcode 0, 5, 9, or 14).
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\do{12 \catcode`}
-\catcode`\~\do\!\do\@\do\#\do\$\do\^\do\&
-\do\*\do\(\do\)\do\-\do\_\do\=\do\[\do\]
-\do\;\do\:\do\'\do\"\do\<\do\>\do\,\do\.
-\do\/\do\?\do\|12\relax
-% \end{macrocode}
-% To handle backslash and braces, we define \cs{\\},
-% \cs{\{}, and \cs{\}} to produce the corresponding category-12
-% character tokens. Setting \cw{escapechar} to $-1$ means that
-% \cw{string} will omit the leading backslash that it would
-% otherwise produce when applied to a control sequence.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\escapechar -1
-\edef\\{\string\\}
-\edef\{{\string\{}\edef\}{\string\}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Space and percent are done last. Then, with almost all the
-% special characters now category 12, it's rather easy to define
-% \cw{otherchars}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\catcode`\ =12\catcode`\%=12
-\xdef\otherchars
-{ !"#$%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?[\\]^_`\{|\}~}
-\endgroup % ^ ^ ^
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\controlchars}
-%
-% \cw{controlchars} is another list for the control characters
-% \ascii/ 0\dash 31 and 127. The construction of this list is similar
-% to the construction of \cw{otherchars}. We need to turn off
-% \cw{endlinechar} because the catcode of \ctrl{M} is going to be
-% changed. The \ctrl{L} inside the \cw{gdef} is not a problem (as it
-% might have been, due to the usual outerness of \ctrl{L}) because
-% the catcode is changed from 13 to 12 before that point.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\begingroup
-\endlinechar = -1
-\def\do{12 \catcode`}
-\catcode`\^^@\do\^^A\do\^^B\do\^^C
-\do\^^D\do\^^E\do\^^F\do\^^G\do\^^H\do\^^I
-\do\^^J\do\^^K\do\^^L\do\^^M\do\^^N\do\^^O
-\do\^^P\do\^^Q\do\^^R\do\^^S\do\^^T\do\^^U
-\do\^^V\do\^^W\do\^^X\do\^^Y\do\^^Z\do\^^[
-\do\^^\\do\^^]\do\^^^\do\^^_\do\^^? 12\relax
-%
-\gdef\controlchars{^^@^^A^^B^^C^^D^^E^^F^^G
- ^^H^^I^^J^^K^^L^^M^^N^^O^^P^^Q^^R^^S^^T
- ^^U^^V^^W^^X^^Y^^Z^^[^^\^^]^^^^^_^^?}
-\endgroup
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\highchars}
-% And finally, the list \cw{highchars} contains characters
-% 128\dash 255, the ones that have the eighth bit set.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\begingroup
-\def\do{12 \catcode`}
-\catcode`\^^80\do\^^81\do\^^82\do\^^83\do\^^84
-\do\^^85\do\^^86\do\^^87\do\^^88\do\^^89\do\^^8a
-\do\^^8b\do\^^8c\do\^^8d\do\^^8e\do\^^8f
-\do\^^90\do\^^91\do\^^92\do\^^93\do\^^94\do\^^95
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\verbdots\iffalse
-\do\^^96\do\^^97\do\^^98\do\^^99\do\^^9a\do\^^9b
-\do\^^9c\do\^^9d\do\^^9e\do\^^9f
-\do\^^a0\do\^^a1\do\^^a2\do\^^a3\do\^^a4\do\^^a5
-\do\^^a6\do\^^a7\do\^^a8\do\^^a9\do\^^aa\do\^^ab
-\do\^^ac\do\^^ad\do\^^ae\do\^^af
-\do\^^b0\do\^^b1\do\^^b2\do\^^b3\do\^^b4\do\^^b5
-\do\^^b6\do\^^b7\do\^^b8\do\^^b9\do\^^ba\do\^^bb
-\do\^^bc\do\^^bd\do\^^be\do\^^bf
-\do\^^c0\do\^^c1\do\^^c2\do\^^c3\do\^^c4\do\^^c5
-\do\^^c6\do\^^c7\do\^^c8\do\^^c9\do\^^ca\do\^^cb
-\do\^^cc\do\^^cd\do\^^ce\do\^^cf
-\do\^^d0\do\^^d1\do\^^d2\do\^^d3\do\^^d4\do\^^d5
-\do\^^d6\do\^^d7\do\^^d8\do\^^d9\do\^^da\do\^^db
-\do\^^dc\do\^^dd\do\^^de\do\^^df
-\do\^^e0\do\^^e1\do\^^e2\do\^^e3\do\^^e4\do\^^e5
-\do\^^e6\do\^^e7\do\^^e8\do\^^e9\do\^^ea\do\^^eb
-\do\^^ec\do\^^ed\do\^^ee\do\^^ef
-\do\^^f0\do\^^f1\do\^^f2\do\^^f3\do\^^f4\do\^^f5
-\do\^^f6\do\^^f7\do\^^f8\do\^^f9\do\^^fa\do\^^fb
-%\fi
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\do\^^fc\do\^^fd\do\^^fe\do\^^ff 12\relax
-%
-\gdef\highchars{%
-^^80^^81^^82^^83^^84^^85^^86^^87^^88%
-^^89^^8a^^8b^^8c^^8d^^8e^^8f%
-^^90^^91^^92^^93^^94^^95^^96^^97^^98%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\verbdots\iffalse
-^^99^^9a^^9b^^9c^^9d^^9e^^9f%
-^^a0^^a1^^a2^^a3^^a4^^a5^^a6^^a7^^a8%
-^^a9^^aa^^ab^^ac^^ad^^ae^^af%
-^^b0^^b1^^b2^^b3^^b4^^b5^^b6^^b7^^b8%
-^^b9^^ba^^bb^^bc^^bd^^be^^bf%
-^^c0^^c1^^c2^^c3^^c4^^c5^^c6^^c7^^c8%
-^^c9^^ca^^cb^^cc^^cd^^ce^^cf%
-^^d0^^d1^^d2^^d3^^d4^^d5^^d6^^d7^^d8%
-^^d9^^da^^db^^dc^^dd^^de^^df%
-^^e0^^e1^^e2^^e3^^e4^^e5^^e6^^e7^^e8%
-^^e9^^ea^^eb^^ec^^ed^^ee^^ef%
-^^f0^^f1^^f2^^f3^^f4^^f5^^f6^^f7^^f8%
-%\fi
-% \begin{macrocode}
-^^f9^^fa^^fb^^fc^^fd^^fe^^ff}
-\endgroup
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\actively}
-%
-% The function \cw{actively} makes a given character active and
-% carries out the assignment given as the first argument. The
-% assignment can be embedded in the replacement text of a macro
-% definition without requiring any special setup to produce an active
-% character in the replacement text. The argument should be a control
-% symbol, e.g. \cw{@} or \cs{\#} or \cs{\^^M}, rather than a single
-% character. (Except that \qc{\+} is safer than \cs{\+} in
-% \plaintex/.) If the assignment is a definition (\cw{def},
-% \cw{edef}, \cw{gdef}, \cw{xdef}) it is allowed to take arguments in
-% the normal \tex/ way. Prefixes such as \cw{global}, \cw{long}, or
-% \cw{outer} must go inside the first argument rather than before
-% \cw{actively}.
-%
-% Usage:
-%\begin{usage}
-%\actively\def\?{<replacement text>}
-%\actively\def\%#1#2{<replacement text>}
-%\actively{\global\let}\^^@=\space
-%\end{usage}
-% One place where this function can be put to good use is in
-% making \ctrl{M} active in order to get special action at the end
-% of each line of input. The usual way of going about this would be
-% to write
-%
-%^^V \def\par{something}\obeylines
-%
-% \noindent which is a puzzling construction to the \tex/ novice
-% who doesn't know what \cw{obeylines} does with \cw{par}. The same
-% effect could be gotten a little more transparently with
-%
-%^^V \actively\def\^^M{something}
-%
-% In the definition of \cw{actively} we use the unique properties
-% of \cw{lowercase} to create an active character with the right
-% character code, overlapping with a \cw{begingroup} \cw{endgroup}
-% structure that localizes the necessary lc-code change.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\actively#1#2{\catcode`#2\active
- \begingroup \lccode`\~=`#2\relax
- \lowercase{\endgroup#1~}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\mesjsetup}
-%
-% The \cw{mesjsetup} function starts a group to localize catcode
-% changes. The group will be closed eventually by a separate
-% function that does the actual sending or stores the message text
-% for later retrieval.
-%
-% We want to change the catcode of each character in the three
-% lists \cw{otherchars}, \cw{controlchars}, and \cw{highchars} to
-% 12. After giving \cw{do} a recursive definition, we apply it to
-% each of the three lists, adding a suitable element at the end of
-% the list to make the recursion stop there. This allows
-% leaving out the \cw{do} tokens from the character lists, without
-% incurring the cost of an if test at each recursion step.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\mesjsetup{\begingroup \count@=12
- \def\do##1{\catcode`##1\count@ \do}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The abbreviation \cw{xp@} = \cw{expandafter} is from
-% \fn{grabhedr.sty}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \xp@\do\otherchars{a11 \@gobbletwo}%
- \xp@\do\controlchars{a11 \@gobbletwo}%
- \xp@\do\highchars{a11 \@gobbletwo}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Make the tab character produce eight spaces:
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \actively\edef\^^I{ \space\space\space
- \space\space\space\space}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The convenient treatment of newlines in the argument of \cw{mesj}
-% (every line break produces a line break on screen) is achieved by
-% making the \ctrl{M} character active and defining it to produce a
-% category-12 \ctrl{J} character. Although for \cw{mesj} it would
-% have sufficed to make \ctrl{M} category 12 and locally set
-% \cw{newlinechar} = \ctrl{M} while sending the message, it turns out
-% to be useful for other functions to have the \ctrl{M} character
-% active, so that it can be remapped to an arbitrary function for
-% handling new lines (e.g., perhaps adding extra spaces at the
-% beginning of each line). And if \cw{mesj} treats \ctrl{M} the same,
-% we can arrange for it to share the setup routines needed for the
-% other functions.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \endlinechar=`\^^M\actively\let\^^M=\relax
- \catcode`\{=1 \catcode`\}=2 }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\sendmesj}
-%
-% In \cw{sendmesj} we go to a little extra trouble to make sure
-% \ctrl{M} produces a newline character, no matter what the value of
-% \cw{newlinechar} might be in the surrounding environment. The
-% impending \cw{endgroup} will restore \cw{newlinechar} to its
-% previous value. One reason for using \ctrl{J} (instead of, say,
-% \ctrl{M} directly) is to allow e.g. \cw{mesj}\verb'{xxx^^Jxxxx}' to
-% be written inside a definition, as is sometimes convenient. This
-% would be difficult with \ctrl{M} instead of \ctrl{J} because of
-% catcodes.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\sendmesj{\newlinechar`\^^J%
- \actively\def\^^M{^^J}%
- \immediate\write\sixt@@n{\mesjtext}\endgroup}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\mesj}
-%
-% Given the support functions defined above, the definition of
-% \cw{mesj} is easy: Use \cw{mesjsetup} to clear all special
-% catcodes, then set up \cw{sendmesj} to be triggered by the next
-% assignment, then read the following balanced-braces group into
-% \cw{mesjtext}. As soon as the definition is completed, \tex/ will
-% execute \cw{sendmesj}, which will send the text and close the
-% group that was started in \cw{mesjsetup} to localize the catcode
-% changes.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\mesj{\mesjsetup \afterassignment\sendmesj
- \def\mesjtext}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\sendprompt}
-%
-% The \cw{sendprompt} function is just like \cw{sendmesj} except
-% that it uses \cw{message} instead of \cw{write}, as might be
-% desired when prompting for user input, so that the on-screen
-% cursor stays on the same line as the prompt instead of hopping
-% down to the beginning of the next line. In order for newlines to
-% work with \cw{message} we must use a visible character instead of
-% \ctrl{J}. When everyone has \tex/ version 3.1415 or later this
-% will no longer be true. The choice of \qc{\!} might be construed
-% (if you wish) as editorial comment that \qc{\!} should not be
-% shouted at the user in a prompt.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\sendprompt{%
- \newlinechar`\!\relax \actively\def\^^M{!}%
- \message{\mesjtext}\endgroup}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\promptmesj}
-%
-% This function is like \cw{mesj} but uses \cw{sendprompt} instead of
-% \cw{sendmesj}.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\promptmesj{\mesjsetup
- \afterassignment\sendprompt \def\mesjtext}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\storemesj}
-%
-% Arg \arg{1} of \cw{storemesj} is the control sequence under which
-% the message text is to be stored.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\storemesj#1{\mesjsetup
- \catcode`\#=6 % to allow arguments if needed
- \afterassignment\endgroup
- \long\gdef#1}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\fmesj}
-%
-% While \cw{storemesj}\cw{foo}\verb"{...}" is more or less the
-% same as \cw{def}\cw{foo}\verb"{...}" with special catcode
-% changes, \cw{fmesj}\cw{foo}\verb"{...}" corresponds to
-% \cw{def}\cw{foo}\qc{\{}\cw{mesj}\verb"{...}}", that is, after
-% \cw{fmesj}\cw{foo} the function \cw{foo} can be executed directly
-% to send the message. Thus \cw{storemesj} is typically used for
-% storing pieces of messages, while \cw{fmesj} is used for storing
-% entire messages.
-%
-% To read the parameter text \arg{2}, we use the peculiar
-% \verb'#{' feature of \tex/ to read everything up to the opening
-% brace.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\fmesj#1#2#{\mesjsetup
- \catcode`\#=6 % restore to normal
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The parameter text \arg{2} must be stored in a token register
-% rather than a macro to avoid problems with \qc{\#} characters.
-% The \cw{long} prefix is just to admit the (unlikely) possibility
-% of using \cw{fmesj} to define something such as an error message
-% saying `You can't use \arg{1} here' where one of the
-% possibilities for \arg{1} is \cw{string}\cw{par}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \toks@{\long\gdef#1#2}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Define \cw{@tempa} to put together the first two arguments and
-% [pseudo]argument \arg{3} and make the definition of \arg{1}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \def\@tempa{%
- \edef\@tempa{%
- \the\toks@{%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The abbreviation \cw{nx@} = \cw{noexpand} is from
-% \fn{grabhedr.sty}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \begingroup\def\nx@\mesjtext{\the\toks2 }%
- \nx@\sendmesj}%
- }%
- \@tempa
- \endgroup % Turn off the \mesjsetup catcodes
- }%
- \afterassignment\@tempa
- \toks2=}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\xmesjsetup}
-%
-% \cw{xmesjsetup} is like \cw{mesjsetup} except it prepares to allow
-% control sequence tokens and normal comments in the message text.
-% For \tex/nicians' convenience certain other features are
-% thrown in.
-%
-% Here, unlike the setup for \cw{xreadline}, I don't bother to
-% remove the outerness of \cw{bye}, \cw{newif}, etc., because I
-% presume the arguments of \cw{xmesj}, \cw{fxmesj},
-% \cw{storexmesj}, \cw{fxmenu}, etc.\ are more likely to be written
-% by a \tex/nician than by an average end user, whereas
-% \cw{xreadline} is designed to handle arbitrary input from
-% arbitrary users.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\xmesjsetup{\mesjsetup
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Throw in pseudo braces just in case we are inside an \cw{halign}
-% with \cs{\\} let equal to \cw{cr} at the time when \cw{xmesjsetup}
-% is called. (As might happen in \amstex/.)
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \iffalse{\fi
- \catcode`\\=0 \catcode`\%=14
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Define {\def~{\spacefactor1500 \space}%
-% \cs{\%}~\cs{\\}~\cs{\{}~\cs{\}}~\cs{\&}} to produce the
-% corresponding single characters, category 12. The \cw{lowercase}
-% trick here allows these definitions to be nonglobal.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \begingroup \lccode`\0=`\\\lccode`\1=`\{%
- \lccode`\2=`\}\lccode`\3=`\%%
- \lowercase{\endgroup \def\\{0}\def\{{1}%
- \def\}{2}\def\%{3}}%
- \iffalse}\fi
- \edef\&{\string &}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Let \qc{\&} \qc{\=} \cw{noexpand} for expansion control inside the
-% argument text; let active \ctrl{M} \qc{\=} \cw{relax} so that
-% newlines will remain inert during the expansion.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \actively\let\&=\noexpand
- \actively\let\^^M=\relax
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Define \cs{\.} to be a noop, for terminating a control word when
-% it is followed by letters and no space is wanted.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \def\.{}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Support for use of \cw{xmesj} inside a definition replacement
-% text or macro argument: control-space
-% \verb*"\ " = \cw{space}, tilde \qc{\~} prints as itself,
-% \cs{\^^M} (i.e., a lone backslash at the end of a line) will
-% produce a newline, also \cs{\^^J}, while finally \cw{par} \qc{\=}
-% blank line translates to two newlines.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \def\ { }\edef~{\string ~}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Define \cs{\^^M} to produce an active \ctrl{M} character, which (we
-% hope) will be suitably defined to produce a newline or whatever.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \begingroup \lccode`\~=`\^^M%
- \lowercase{\endgroup \def\^^M{~}}%
- \let\^^J\^^M \def\par{\^^M\^^M}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\xmesj}
-%
-% \cw{xmesj} uses \cw{xmesjsetup} and \cw{edef}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\xmesj{\xmesjsetup \afterassignment\sendmesj
- \edef\mesjtext}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\promptxmesj}
-%
-% \cw{promptxmesj} is analogous to \cw{promptmesj}, but with
-% expansion.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\promptxmesj{\xmesjsetup
- \afterassignment\sendprompt \edef\mesjtext}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\storexmesj}
-%
-% And \cw{storexmesj} is like \cw{storemesj}, with expansion. Since
-% we allow arguments for the function being defined, we also must
-% define \cs{\#} to produce a single category-12 \qc{\#} character so
-% that there will be a way to print \qc{\#} in the message text.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\storexmesj#1#2#{\xmesjsetup
- \catcode`\#=6 % to allow arguments if needed
- \edef\#{\string##}%
- \afterassignment\endgroup
- \long\xdef#1#2}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\fxmesj}
-%
-% And \cw{fxmesj} is the expansive analog of \cw{fmesj}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\fxmesj#1#2#{\xmesjsetup
- \catcode`\#=6 % restore to normal
- \edef\#{\string##}%
- \toks@{\long\xdef#1#2}%
- \def\@tempa{%
- \edef\@tempa{%
- \the\toks@{\begingroup
- \def\nx@\nx@\nx@\mesjtext{\the\toks\tw@}%
- \nx@\nx@\nx@\sendmesj}}%
- \@tempa % execute the constructed xdef
- \endgroup % restore normal catcodes
- }%
- \afterassignment\@tempa
- \toks\tw@=}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% \section{Reading functions}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\readline}
-% The \cw{readline} function gets one line of input from the user.
-% Arguments are: \arg{1} default to be used if the user response is
-% empty (i.e., if the user just pressed the return/enter key),
-% \arg{2} macro to receive the input.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\readline#1#2{%
- \begingroup \count@ 12 %
- \def\do##1{\catcode`##1\count@ \do}%
- \xp@\do\otherchars{a11 \@gobbletwo}%
- \xp@\do\controlchars{a11 \@gobbletwo}%
- \xp@\do\highchars{a11 \@gobbletwo}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Make spaces and tabs normal instead of category 12.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \catcode`\ =10 \catcode`\^^I=10 %
- \catcode`\^^M=9 % ignore
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Reset end-of-line char to normal, just in case.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \endlinechar`\^^M
-% \end{macrocode}
-% We go to a little trouble to avoid \cw{gdef}-ing \arg{2}, in order
-% to prevent save stack buildup if the user of \cw{readline} carries
-% on unaware doing local redefinitions of \arg{2} after the initial
-% read.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \read\m@ne to#2%
- \edef#2{\def\nx@#2{#2}}%
- \xp@\endgroup #2%
- \ifx\@empty#2\def#2{#1}\fi
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\xreadline}
-%
-% \cw{xreadline} is like \cw{readline} except that it leaves almost
-% all catcodes unchanged so that the return value is executable
-% tokens instead of strictly character tokens of category 11 or 12.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\xreadline#1#2{%
- \begingroup
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Render some outer control sequences innocuous.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \xp@\let\csname bye\endcsname\relax
- \xp@\let\csname newif\endcsname\relax
- \xp@\let\csname newcount\endcsname\relax
- \xp@\let\csname newdimen\endcsname\relax
- \xp@\let\csname newskip\endcsname\relax
- \xp@\let\csname newmuskip\endcsname\relax
- \xp@\let\csname newtoks\endcsname\relax
- \xp@\let\csname newbox\endcsname\relax
- \xp@\let\csname newinsert\endcsname\relax
- \xp@\let\csname +\endcsname\relax
- \actively\let\^^L\relax
- \catcode`\^^M=9 % ignore
- \endlinechar`\^^M% reset to normal
- \read\m@ne to#2%
- \toks@\xp@{#2}%
- \edef\@tempa{\def\nx@#2{\the\toks@}}%
- \xp@\endgroup \@tempa
- \ifx\@empty#2\def#2{#1}\fi
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\readchar}
-%
-% \cw{readchar} reduces the user response to a single character.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\readchar#1#2{%
- \readline{#1}#2%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% If the user's response and the default response are both empty,
-% we need something after \arg{1} to keep \cw{@car} from running
-% away, so we add an empty pair of braces.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \edef#2{\xp@\@car#2#1{}\@nil}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\readChar}
-%
-% \cw{readChar} reduces the user response to a single uppercase
-% character. (This is useful to simplify testing the response
-% later with \cw{if}.)
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\readChar#1#2{%
- \readline{#1}#2%
- \changecase\uppercase#2%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Reduce \arg{2} to its first character, or the first character of
-% \arg{1}, if \arg{2} is empty. The extra braces \verb'{}' are to
-% prevent a runaway argument error from \cw{@car} if \arg{2} and
-% \arg{1} are both empty.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \edef#2{\xp@\@car #2#1{}\@nil}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\changecase}
-% The function \cw{changecase} uppercases or lowercases the
-% replacement text of its second argument, which
-% must be a macro. The first argument should be \cw{uppercase} or
-% \cw{lowercase}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\changecase#1#2{\@casetoks\xp@{#2}%
- \edef#2{#1{\def\nx@#2{\the\@casetoks}}}#2}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\@casetoks}
-% We allocate a token register just for the use of \cw{changecase}
-% because it might be used at a low level internally where we don't
-% want to interfere with other uses of the scratch token registers
-% 0\dash 9.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newtoks\@casetoks
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% A common task in reading user input is to verify, when an answer
-% of a certain kind was requested, that the response has indeed the
-% desired form\Dash for example, if a nonnegative integer is required
-% for subsequent processing, it behooves us to verify that we have
-% a nonnegative integer in hand before doing anything that might
-% lead to inconvenient error messages. However, it's not easy to
-% decide how best to handle such verification. One possibility
-% might be to have a function
-%
-%^^V \readnonnegativeinteger\foo
-%
-% to do all the work of going out and fetching a number from the
-% user and leaving it in the macro \cw{foo}. Another possibility
-% would be to read the response using \cw{readline} and then apply
-% a separate function that can be used in combination with \cw{if},
-% for example
-%
-%^^V \readline{}\reply
-%^^V \if\validnumber\reply ... \else ... \fi
-%
-% For maximum flexibility, a slightly lower-level approach is
-% chosen here. The target syntax is
-%
-%^^V \readline{}\reply
-%^^V \checkinteger\reply\tempcount
-%
-% where \cw{tempcount} will be set to \verb'-'\cw{maxdimen} if
-% \cw{reply} does {\em not\/} contain a valid integer. (Negative
-% integers are allowed, as long as they are greater than
-% \verb'-'\cw{maxdimen}.) Then the function that calls
-% \cw{checkinteger} is free to make additional checks on the range
-% of the reply and give error messages tailored to the
-% circumstances. And the handling of an empty \cw{reply} can be
-% arbitrarily customized, something that would tend to be
-% inconvenient for the first method mentioned.
-%
-% The first and second approaches can be built on top of the third
-% if desired, e.g.\ (for the second approach)
-%
-%^^V \def\validnumber#1{TT\fi
-%^^V \checkinteger#1\tempcount%
-%^^V \ifnum\tempcount>-\maxdimen }
-%
-% The curious \verb'TT\fi'\verbdots\cw{ifnum} construction is from
-% \TeXhax{} 1989, no.~20 and no.~38 (a suggestion of D. E. Knuth in
-% reply to a query by S. von Bechtolsheim).
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\checkinteger}
-%
-% The arguments of \cw{checkinteger}'s are: \arg{2}, a count register
-% to hold the result; \arg{1}, a macro holding zero or more arbitrary
-% characters of category 11 or 12.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\checkinteger#1#2{\let\scansign@\@empty
- \def\scanresult@{#2}%
- \xp@\scanint#1x\endscan}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\scanint}
-%
-% To validate a number, the function \cw{scanint} must first scan
-% away leading \qc{\+} or \qc{\-} signs (keeping track in
-% \cw{scansign@}), then look at the first token after that: if it's
-% a digit, fine, scan that digit and any succeeding digits into the
-% given count register (\cw{scanresult@}), ending with \cw{endscan}
-% to get rid of any following garbage tokens that might just
-% possibly show up.
-%
-% Typical usage of \cw{scanint} includes initializing \cw{scansign@}
-% to empty, as in the definition of \cw{checkinteger}.
-%\begin{usage}
-%\let\scansign@\@empty
-%\def\scanresult@{\tempcount}%
-%\xp@\scanint\reply x\endscan
-%\end{usage}
-% Assumption: \cw{reply} is either empty or contains only category
-% 11 or 12 characters (which it will if you used \cw{readline}!). If
-% a separate check is done earlier to trap the case where \cw{reply}
-% is empty\Dash for example, by using a nonempty default for
-% \cw{readline}\Dash then the \verb'x' before \cw{endscan} is
-% superfluous.
-%
-% Arg \arg{1} = next character from the string being tested.
-% The test whether \arg{1} is a decimal digit is similar in spirit
-% to the test \verb'\if!#1!' to see if an argument is empty
-% (\TB, Appendix~D, p.~376).
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\scanint#1{%
- \ifodd 0#11 %
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Is \arg{1} a decimal digit? If so read all digits into
-% \cw{scanresult@} with the sign prefix.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \def\@tempa{\afterassignment\endscan
- \scanresult@=\scansign@#1}%
- \else
- \if -#1\relax
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Here we flipflop the sign; watch closely.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \edef\scansign@{%
- \ifx\@empty\scansign@ -\fi}%
- \def\@tempa{\scanint}%
- \else
-% \end{macrocode}
-% A plus sign can just be ignored.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \if +#1\relax
- \def\@tempa{\scanint}%
- \else % not a valid number
- \def\@tempa{%
- \scanresult@=-\maxdimen\endscan}%
- \fi\fi\fi
- \@tempa
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\endscan}
-% The \cw{endscan} function just gobbles any remaining garbage. It
-% uses its own name as the argument delimiter.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\endscan#1\endscan{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\dimenfirstpart}
-% \begin{macro}{\dimentoks}
-% \cw{dimenfirstpart}, a count register, receives the digits, if
-% any, preceding the decimal point. \cw{dimentoks}, a token
-% register, receives any digits after the decimal point.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcount\dimenfirstpart
-\newtoks\dimentoks
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\scandimen}
-%
-% \cw{scandimen} is similar to \cw{scanint} but has to call some
-% auxiliary functions to scan the various subcomponents of a
-% dimension (leading digits, decimal point, fractional part, and
-% units, with optional {\tt true}, in addition to the sign). The
-% minimum requirements of \tex/'s syntax for dimensions are a digit
-% or decimal point \qc{\+} the units; all the other components are
-% optional (\TB, Exercise~10.3, p.~58).
-%
-% When scanning for the digits of a fractional part, we can't throw
-% away leading zeros; therefore we don't read the fractional part
-% into a count register as we did for the digits before the decimal
-% point; instead we read the digits one by one and store them in
-% \cw{dimentoks}.
-%
-% The function that calls \cw{scandimen} should initialize
-% \cw{scansign@} to \cw{@empty}, \cw{dimenfirstpart} to \cw{z@},
-% \cw{dimentoks} to empty \verb'{}', and \cw{dimentrue@} to
-% \cw{@empty}.
-%
-% Test values: {\tt 0pt}, {\tt 1.1in}, {\tt -2cm}, {\tt .3mm}, {\tt
-% 0.4dd}, {\tt 5.cc}, {\tt.10000000009pc}, \cw{hsize}, {\tt em}.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\scandimen#1{%
- \ifodd 0#11
- \def\@tempa{\def\@tempa{\scandimenb}%
- \afterassignment\@tempa
- \dimenfirstpart#1}%
- \else
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% The following test resolves to true if \arg{1} is either a period
-% or a comma (both recognized by \tex/ as decimal point
-% characters).
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \if \if,#1.\else#1\fi.%
- \def\@tempa{\scandimenc}%
- \else
- \if -#1% then flipflop the sign
- \edef\scansign@{%
- \ifx\@empty\scansign@ -\fi}%
- \def\@tempa{\scandimen}%
- \else
- \if +#1% then ignore it
- \def\@tempa{\scandimen}%
- \else % not a valid dimen
- \def\@tempa{%
- \scanresult@=-\maxdimen\endscan}%
- \fi\fi\fi\fi
- \@tempa
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\scandimenb}
-%
-% Scan for an optional decimal point.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\scandimenb#1{%
- \if \if,#1.\else#1\fi.%
- \def\@tempa{\scandimenc}%
- \else
-% \end{macrocode}
-% If the decimal point is absent, we need to put back \arg{2} and
-% rescan it to see if it is the first letter of the units.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \def\@tempa{\scanunitsa#1}%
- \fi
- \@tempa
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\scandimenc}
-%
-% Scan for the fractional part: digits after the decimal point.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\scandimenc#1{%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% If \arg{1} is a digit, add it to \cw{dimentoks}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifodd 0#11 \dimentoks\xp@{%
- \the\dimentoks#1}%
- \def\@tempa{\scandimenc}%
- \else
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Otherwise rescan \arg{1}, presumably the first letter of the
-% units.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \def\@tempa{\scanunitsa#1}%
- \fi
- \@tempa
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\scanunitsa}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\scanunitsa#1\endscan{%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Check for \verb'true' qualifier.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \def\@tempa##1true##2##3\@tempa{##2}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% The peculiar nature of \cw{lowercase} is evident here as we are
-% able to apply it to only the test part of the conditional without
-% running into brace-matching problems. (Compare the braces in this
-% example to something like \cw{message}\qc{\{}\cw{iffalse}
-% \verb"A}"\cw{else} \verb"B}"\cw{fi}.)
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \lowercase{%
- \xp@\ifx\xp@\end
- \@tempa#1true\end\@tempa
- }%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% No \verb'true' was found:
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \let\dimentrue@\@empty
- \def\@tempa{\scanunitsb#1\endscan}%
- \else
- \def\dimentrue@{true}%
- \def\@tempa##1true##2\@tempa{%
- \def\@tempa{##1}%
- \ifx\@tempa\@empty
- \def\@tempa{\scanunitsb##2\endscan}%
- \else
- \def\@tempa{\scanunitsb xx\endscan}%
- \fi}%
- \@tempa#1\@tempa
- \fi
- \@tempa
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\scanunitsb}
-%
-% Scan for the name of the units and complete the assignment of the
-% scanned value to \cw{scanresult@}. Notice that, because of the way
-% \cw{scanunitsb} picks up \arg{1} and \arg{2} as macro arguments,
-% \verb"p t" is allowed as a variation of \verb"pt". Eliminating
-% this permissiveness doesn't seem worth the speed penalty
-% that would be incurred in \cw{scanunitsb}.
-%
-% The method for detecting a valid units string is to define the
-% scratch function \cw{@tempa} to apply \tex/'s parameter-matching
-% abilities to a special string that will yield a boolean value
-% of true if and only if the given string is a valid \tex/ unit.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\scanunitsb#1#2{%
- \def\@tempa##1#1#2##2##3\@nil{##2}%
- \def\@tempb##1{T\@tempa
- pcTptTcmTccTemTexTinTmmTddTspT##1F\@nil}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Force lowercase just in case the units were entered with
-% uppercase letters (accepted by \tex/, so we had better accept
-% uppercase also).
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \lowercase{%
- \if\@tempb{#1#2}%
- }%
- \scanresult@=\scansign@
- \number\dimenfirstpart.\the\dimentoks
- \dimentrue@#1#2\relax
- \else
- \scanresult@=-\maxdimen
- \fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Call \cw{endscan} to gobble garbage tokens, if any.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \endscan
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\checkdimen}
-%
-% Argument \arg{2} must be a dimen register; \arg{1} is expected to
-% be a macro holding zero or more arbitrary characters of category 11
-% or 12.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\checkdimen#1#2{%
- \let\scansign@\@empty \def\scanresult@{#2}%
- \let\dimentrue@\@empty
- \dimenfirstpart\z@ \dimentoks{}%
- \xp@\scandimen#1xx\endscan
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% Finish up.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\restorecatcodes
-\endinput
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \CheckSum{858}
-% \Finale
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dialogl/dialog.stp b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dialogl/dialog.stp
deleted file mode 100644
index b7794961ad7..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dialogl/dialog.stp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,339 +0,0 @@
-%%% ====================================================================
-%%% @LaTeX-style-file{
-%%% filename = "dialog.sty",
-%%% version = "0.9y",
-%%% date = "1994/11/08",
-%%% time = "13:31:30 EST",
-%%% checksum = "20801 1436 7278 54732",
-%%% author = "Michael Downes",
-%%% email = "mjd@math.ams.org (Internet)",
-%%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
-%%% keywords = "TeX, dialog",
-%%% supported = "yes",
-%%% abstract = "This file provides functions for writing
-%%% messages and menus on screen, and reading user responses. It
-%%% can be used with LaTeX as a documentstyle option, or in
-%%% other forms of TeX by a standard \input statement.",
-%%% docstring = "The checksum field above contains a CRC-16
-%%% checksum as the first value, followed by the equivalent of
-%%% the standard UNIX wc (word count) utility output of lines,
-%%% words, and characters. This is produced by Robert Solovay's
-%%% checksum utility.",
-%%% }
-%%% ====================================================================
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\csname trap.input\endcsname
-\input grabhedr.sty \relax
-\fileversiondate{dialog.sty}{0.9y}{1994/11/08}%
-%% The line break is significant here:
-\localcatcodes{\@{11}\ {10}\
-{5}\~{13}\"{12}\#{6}\^{7}\`{12}}
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\begingroup
-\def\do{12 \catcode`}
-\catcode`\~\do\!\do\@\do\#\do\$\do\^\do\&
-\do\*\do\(\do\)\do\-\do\_\do\=\do\[\do\]
-\do\;\do\:\do\'\do\"\do\<\do\>\do\,\do\.
-\do\/\do\?\do\|12\relax
-\escapechar -1
-\edef\\{\string\\}
-\edef\{{\string\{}\edef\}{\string\}}
-\catcode`\ =12\catcode`\%=12
-\xdef\otherchars
-{ !"#$%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?[\\]^_`\{|\}~}
-\endgroup % ^ ^ ^
-\begingroup
-\endlinechar = -1
-\def\do{12 \catcode`}
-\catcode`\^^@\do\^^A\do\^^B\do\^^C
-\do\^^D\do\^^E\do\^^F\do\^^G\do\^^H\do\^^I
-\do\^^J\do\^^K\do\^^L\do\^^M\do\^^N\do\^^O
-\do\^^P\do\^^Q\do\^^R\do\^^S\do\^^T\do\^^U
-\do\^^V\do\^^W\do\^^X\do\^^Y\do\^^Z\do\^^[
-\do\^^\\do\^^]\do\^^^\do\^^_\do\^^? 12\relax
-\gdef\controlchars{^^@^^A^^B^^C^^D^^E^^F^^G
- ^^H^^I^^J^^K^^L^^M^^N^^O^^P^^Q^^R^^S^^T
- ^^U^^V^^W^^X^^Y^^Z^^[^^\^^]^^^^^_^^?}
-\endgroup
-\begingroup
-\def\do{12 \catcode`}
-\catcode`\^^80\do\^^81\do\^^82\do\^^83\do\^^84
-\do\^^85\do\^^86\do\^^87\do\^^88\do\^^89\do\^^8a
-\do\^^8b\do\^^8c\do\^^8d\do\^^8e\do\^^8f
-\do\^^90\do\^^91\do\^^92\do\^^93\do\^^94\do\^^95
-\do\^^96\do\^^97\do\^^98\do\^^99\do\^^9a\do\^^9b
-\do\^^9c\do\^^9d\do\^^9e\do\^^9f
-\do\^^a0\do\^^a1\do\^^a2\do\^^a3\do\^^a4\do\^^a5
-\do\^^a6\do\^^a7\do\^^a8\do\^^a9\do\^^aa\do\^^ab
-\do\^^ac\do\^^ad\do\^^ae\do\^^af
-\do\^^b0\do\^^b1\do\^^b2\do\^^b3\do\^^b4\do\^^b5
-\do\^^b6\do\^^b7\do\^^b8\do\^^b9\do\^^ba\do\^^bb
-\do\^^bc\do\^^bd\do\^^be\do\^^bf
-\do\^^c0\do\^^c1\do\^^c2\do\^^c3\do\^^c4\do\^^c5
-\do\^^c6\do\^^c7\do\^^c8\do\^^c9\do\^^ca\do\^^cb
-\do\^^cc\do\^^cd\do\^^ce\do\^^cf
-\do\^^d0\do\^^d1\do\^^d2\do\^^d3\do\^^d4\do\^^d5
-\do\^^d6\do\^^d7\do\^^d8\do\^^d9\do\^^da\do\^^db
-\do\^^dc\do\^^dd\do\^^de\do\^^df
-\do\^^e0\do\^^e1\do\^^e2\do\^^e3\do\^^e4\do\^^e5
-\do\^^e6\do\^^e7\do\^^e8\do\^^e9\do\^^ea\do\^^eb
-\do\^^ec\do\^^ed\do\^^ee\do\^^ef
-\do\^^f0\do\^^f1\do\^^f2\do\^^f3\do\^^f4\do\^^f5
-\do\^^f6\do\^^f7\do\^^f8\do\^^f9\do\^^fa\do\^^fb
-\do\^^fc\do\^^fd\do\^^fe\do\^^ff 12\relax
-\gdef\highchars{%
-^^80^^81^^82^^83^^84^^85^^86^^87^^88%
-^^89^^8a^^8b^^8c^^8d^^8e^^8f%
-^^90^^91^^92^^93^^94^^95^^96^^97^^98%
-^^99^^9a^^9b^^9c^^9d^^9e^^9f%
-^^a0^^a1^^a2^^a3^^a4^^a5^^a6^^a7^^a8%
-^^a9^^aa^^ab^^ac^^ad^^ae^^af%
-^^b0^^b1^^b2^^b3^^b4^^b5^^b6^^b7^^b8%
-^^b9^^ba^^bb^^bc^^bd^^be^^bf%
-^^c0^^c1^^c2^^c3^^c4^^c5^^c6^^c7^^c8%
-^^c9^^ca^^cb^^cc^^cd^^ce^^cf%
-^^d0^^d1^^d2^^d3^^d4^^d5^^d6^^d7^^d8%
-^^d9^^da^^db^^dc^^dd^^de^^df%
-^^e0^^e1^^e2^^e3^^e4^^e5^^e6^^e7^^e8%
-^^e9^^ea^^eb^^ec^^ed^^ee^^ef%
-^^f0^^f1^^f2^^f3^^f4^^f5^^f6^^f7^^f8%
-^^f9^^fa^^fb^^fc^^fd^^fe^^ff}
-\endgroup
-\def\actively#1#2{\catcode`#2\active
- \begingroup \lccode`\~=`#2\relax
- \lowercase{\endgroup#1~}}
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\def\mesjsetup{\begingroup \count@=12
- \def\do##1{\catcode`##1\count@ \do}%
- \xp@\do\otherchars{a11 \@gobbletwo}%
- \xp@\do\controlchars{a11 \@gobbletwo}%
- \xp@\do\highchars{a11 \@gobbletwo}%
- \actively\edef\^^I{ \space\space\space
- \space\space\space\space}%
- \endlinechar=`\^^M\actively\let\^^M=\relax
- \catcode`\{=1 \catcode`\}=2 }
-\def\sendmesj{\newlinechar`\^^J%
- \actively\def\^^M{^^J}%
- \immediate\write\sixt@@n{\mesjtext}\endgroup}
-\def\mesj{\mesjsetup \afterassignment\sendmesj
- \def\mesjtext}
-\def\sendprompt{%
- \newlinechar`\!\relax \actively\def\^^M{!}%
- \message{\mesjtext}\endgroup}
-\def\promptmesj{\mesjsetup
- \afterassignment\sendprompt \def\mesjtext}
-\def\storemesj#1{\mesjsetup
- \catcode`\#=6 % to allow arguments if needed
- \afterassignment\endgroup
- \long\gdef#1}
-\def\fmesj#1#2#{\mesjsetup
- \catcode`\#=6 % restore to normal
- \toks@{\long\gdef#1#2}%
- \def\@tempa{%
- \edef\@tempa{%
- \the\toks@{%
- \begingroup\def\nx@\mesjtext{\the\toks2 }%
- \nx@\sendmesj}%
- }%
- \@tempa
- \endgroup % Turn off the \mesjsetup catcodes
- }%
- \afterassignment\@tempa
- \toks2=}
-\def\xmesjsetup{\mesjsetup
- \iffalse{\fi
- \catcode`\\=0 \catcode`\%=14
- \begingroup \lccode`\0=`\\\lccode`\1=`\{%
- \lccode`\2=`\}\lccode`\3=`\%%
- \lowercase{\endgroup \def\\{0}\def\{{1}%
- \def\}{2}\def\%{3}}%
- \iffalse}\fi
- \edef\&{\string &}%
- \actively\let\&=\noexpand
- \actively\let\^^M=\relax
- \def\.{}%
- \def\ { }\edef~{\string ~}%
- \begingroup \lccode`\~=`\^^M%
- \lowercase{\endgroup \def\^^M{~}}%
- \let\^^J\^^M \def\par{\^^M\^^M}%
-}
-\def\xmesj{\xmesjsetup \afterassignment\sendmesj
- \edef\mesjtext}
-\def\promptxmesj{\xmesjsetup
- \afterassignment\sendprompt \edef\mesjtext}
-\def\storexmesj#1#2#{\xmesjsetup
- \catcode`\#=6 % to allow arguments if needed
- \edef\#{\string##}%
- \afterassignment\endgroup
- \long\xdef#1#2}
-\def\fxmesj#1#2#{\xmesjsetup
- \catcode`\#=6 % restore to normal
- \edef\#{\string##}%
- \toks@{\long\xdef#1#2}%
- \def\@tempa{%
- \edef\@tempa{%
- \the\toks@{\begingroup
- \def\nx@\nx@\nx@\mesjtext{\the\toks\tw@}%
- \nx@\nx@\nx@\sendmesj}}%
- \@tempa % execute the constructed xdef
- \endgroup % restore normal catcodes
- }%
- \afterassignment\@tempa
- \toks\tw@=}
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\def\readline#1#2{%
- \begingroup \count@ 12 %
- \def\do##1{\catcode`##1\count@ \do}%
- \xp@\do\otherchars{a11 \@gobbletwo}%
- \xp@\do\controlchars{a11 \@gobbletwo}%
- \xp@\do\highchars{a11 \@gobbletwo}%
- \catcode`\ =10 \catcode`\^^I=10 %
- \catcode`\^^M=9 % ignore
- \endlinechar`\^^M
- \read\m@ne to#2%
- \edef#2{\def\nx@#2{#2}}%
- \xp@\endgroup #2%
- \ifx\@empty#2\def#2{#1}\fi
-}
-\def\xreadline#1#2{%
- \begingroup
- \xp@\let\csname bye\endcsname\relax
- \xp@\let\csname newif\endcsname\relax
- \xp@\let\csname newcount\endcsname\relax
- \xp@\let\csname newdimen\endcsname\relax
- \xp@\let\csname newskip\endcsname\relax
- \xp@\let\csname newmuskip\endcsname\relax
- \xp@\let\csname newtoks\endcsname\relax
- \xp@\let\csname newbox\endcsname\relax
- \xp@\let\csname newinsert\endcsname\relax
- \xp@\let\csname +\endcsname\relax
- \actively\let\^^L\relax
- \catcode`\^^M=9 % ignore
- \endlinechar`\^^M% reset to normal
- \read\m@ne to#2%
- \toks@\xp@{#2}%
- \edef\@tempa{\def\nx@#2{\the\toks@}}%
- \xp@\endgroup \@tempa
- \ifx\@empty#2\def#2{#1}\fi
-}
-\def\readchar#1#2{%
- \readline{#1}#2%
- \edef#2{\xp@\@car#2#1{}\@nil}%
-}
-\def\readChar#1#2{%
- \readline{#1}#2%
- \changecase\uppercase#2%
- \edef#2{\xp@\@car #2#1{}\@nil}%
-}
-\def\changecase#1#2{\@casetoks\xp@{#2}%
- \edef#2{#1{\def\nx@#2{\the\@casetoks}}}#2}
-\newtoks\@casetoks
-\def\checkinteger#1#2{\let\scansign@\@empty
- \def\scanresult@{#2}%
- \xp@\scanint#1x\endscan}
-\def\scanint#1{%
- \ifodd 0#11 %
- \def\@tempa{\afterassignment\endscan
- \scanresult@=\scansign@#1}%
- \else
- \if -#1\relax
- \edef\scansign@{%
- \ifx\@empty\scansign@ -\fi}%
- \def\@tempa{\scanint}%
- \else
- \if +#1\relax
- \def\@tempa{\scanint}%
- \else % not a valid number
- \def\@tempa{%
- \scanresult@=-\maxdimen\endscan}%
- \fi\fi\fi
- \@tempa
-}
-\def\endscan#1\endscan{}
-\newcount\dimenfirstpart
-\newtoks\dimentoks
-\def\scandimen#1{%
- \ifodd 0#11
- \def\@tempa{\def\@tempa{\scandimenb}%
- \afterassignment\@tempa
- \dimenfirstpart#1}%
- \else
- \if \if,#1.\else#1\fi.%
- \def\@tempa{\scandimenc}%
- \else
- \if -#1% then flipflop the sign
- \edef\scansign@{%
- \ifx\@empty\scansign@ -\fi}%
- \def\@tempa{\scandimen}%
- \else
- \if +#1% then ignore it
- \def\@tempa{\scandimen}%
- \else % not a valid dimen
- \def\@tempa{%
- \scanresult@=-\maxdimen\endscan}%
- \fi\fi\fi\fi
- \@tempa
-}
-\def\scandimenb#1{%
- \if \if,#1.\else#1\fi.%
- \def\@tempa{\scandimenc}%
- \else
- \def\@tempa{\scanunitsa#1}%
- \fi
- \@tempa
-}
-\def\scandimenc#1{%
- \ifodd 0#11 \dimentoks\xp@{%
- \the\dimentoks#1}%
- \def\@tempa{\scandimenc}%
- \else
- \def\@tempa{\scanunitsa#1}%
- \fi
- \@tempa
-}
-\def\scanunitsa#1\endscan{%
- \def\@tempa##1true##2##3\@tempa{##2}%
- \lowercase{%
- \xp@\ifx\xp@\end
- \@tempa#1true\end\@tempa
- }%
- \let\dimentrue@\@empty
- \def\@tempa{\scanunitsb#1\endscan}%
- \else
- \def\dimentrue@{true}%
- \def\@tempa##1true##2\@tempa{%
- \def\@tempa{##1}%
- \ifx\@tempa\@empty
- \def\@tempa{\scanunitsb##2\endscan}%
- \else
- \def\@tempa{\scanunitsb xx\endscan}%
- \fi}%
- \@tempa#1\@tempa
- \fi
- \@tempa
-}
-\def\scanunitsb#1#2{%
- \def\@tempa##1#1#2##2##3\@nil{##2}%
- \def\@tempb##1{T\@tempa
- pcTptTcmTccTemTexTinTmmTddTspT##1F\@nil}%
- \lowercase{%
- \if\@tempb{#1#2}%
- }%
- \scanresult@=\scansign@
- \number\dimenfirstpart.\the\dimentoks
- \dimentrue@#1#2\relax
- \else
- \scanresult@=-\maxdimen
- \fi
- \endscan
-}
-\def\checkdimen#1#2{%
- \let\scansign@\@empty \def\scanresult@{#2}%
- \let\dimentrue@\@empty
- \dimenfirstpart\z@ \dimentoks{}%
- \xp@\scandimen#1xx\endscan
-}
-\restorecatcodes
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `dialog.sty'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dialogl/dialogl.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dialogl/dialogl.ins
deleted file mode 100644
index 7e3ef26075f..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dialogl/dialogl.ins
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}%
-\def\batchfile{dialogl.ins}
-\input docstrip.tex
-\preamble
-\endpreamble
-
-\keepsilent
-
-% Fix up catcodes of the upper 128 characters just in case someone
-% has an early release of LaTeX2e. (pre June 1994 patch-level 2)
-{\makeatletter
-\def\do{\global\catcode\count@\@tempa \advance\count@\@ne
- \ifnum\count@>\@cclv \expandafter\@gobble\fi \do}%
-\count@=128 \chardef\@tempa=12 \do}
-
-\csname newtoks\endcsname\filesmsg
-\def\dofile#1#2#3{\generateFile{#1}{t}{\from{#2}{#3}}%
- \filesmsg\expandafter{\the\filesmsg \Msg{* \space\space#1}}}
-
-\dofile{dialog.sty}{dialog.dtx}{2e}
-\dofile{menus.sty}{menus.dtx}{2e}
-\dofile{grabhedr.sty}{grabhedr.dtx}{2e}
-% Listout.tex incorporates copies of grabhedr.sty, dialog.sty,
-% menus.sty with certain inconvenient lines removed, so that a single
-% version of listout.tex will run equally well under plain TeX, LaTeX
-% 209, or LaTeX2e. (And it runs slightly faster as it doesn't need to
-% find those files at run-time).
-\generateFile{listout.tex}{t}{%
- \from{grabhedr.dtx}{}%
- \from{dialog.dtx}{}%
- \from{menus.dtx}{}%
- \from{listout.dtx}{}%
-}%
-\filesmsg\expandafter{\the\filesmsg \Msg{* \space\space listout.tex}}
-
-\ifToplevel{
-\Msg{******************************************************************}
-\Msg{*}
-\Msg{* To finish the installation you need to move the following files}
-\Msg{* to a LaTeX input files area (the name of this area will vary}
-\Msg{* depending on your system):}
-\Msg{*}
-\the\filesmsg
-\Msg{*}
-\Msg{******************************************************************}
-}
-
-\endinput
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dialogl/grabhedr.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dialogl/grabhedr.dtx
deleted file mode 100644
index adbab6e83b9..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dialogl/grabhedr.dtx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,519 +0,0 @@
-%%% ====================================================================
-%%% @LaTeX-style-file{
-%%% filename = "grabhedr.sty",
-%%% version = "0.9j",
-%%% date = "1994/11/08",
-%%% time = "16:15:00 EST",
-%%% author = "Michael Downes",
-%%% email = "mjd@math.ams.org (Internet)",
-%%% keywords = "TeX, file header,
-%%% supported = "yes",
-%%% abstract = "This file defines a function \inputfwh
-%%% to be used instead of \input, to allow TeX to grab
-%%% information from standardized file headers in the form
-%%% proposed by Nelson Beebe during his term as president of the
-%%% TeX Users Group. Of which all this here is an example.",
-%%% checksum = "60397 519 2589 19482",
-%%% docstring = "The checksum field above contains a CRC-16
-%%% checksum as the first value, followed by the equivalent of
-%%% the standard UNIX wc (word count) utility output of lines,
-%%% words, and characters. This is produced by Robert Solovay's
-%%% checksum utility.",
-%%% }
-%%% ====================================================================
-%
-% \iffalse
-%<*driver>
-\input{dia-driv.tex}
-%</driver>
-% \fi
-%
-% \section{Introduction}
-% This file defines a function \cw{inputfwh} to be used instead of
-% \cw{input}, to allow \tex/ to grab information from standardized
-% file headers in the form proposed by Nelson Beebe during his term
-% as president of the \tex/ Users Group. Usage:
-%\begin{usage}
-%\inputfwh{file.nam}
-%\end{usage}
-% Functions \cw{localcatcodes} and \cw{restorecatcodes} for
-% managing catcode changes are also defined herein, as well as a
-% handful of utility functions, many of them borrowed from
-% \fn{latex.tex}: \cw{@empty}, \cw{@gobble}, \cw{@gobbletwo},
-% \cw{@car}, \cw{@@input}, \cw{toks@}, \cw{afterfi},
-% \cw{fileversiondate}, \cw{trap.input}.
-%
-% The use of \cw{inputfwh}, \cw{fileversiondate}, and
-% \cw{trap.input} as illustrated in \fn{dialog.sty} is cumbersome
-% klugery that in fact would better be handled by appropriate
-% functionality built into the format file. But none of the major
-% formats have anything along these lines yet. (It would also help
-% if \tex/ made the current input file name accessible, like
-% \cw{inputlineno}.)
-%
-% \StopEventually{}
-%
-% \section{Implementation}
-% Standard package identification:
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*2e>
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesPackage{grabhedr}[1994/11/08 v0.9j]
-%</2e>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% By enclosing this entire file in a group, saving and restoring
-% catcodes `by hand' is rendered unnecessary. This is perhaps the
-% best way to locally change catcodes, better than the
-% \cw{localcatcodes} function defined below. But it tends to be
-% inconvenient for the \tex/ programmer: every time you add
-% something you have to remember to make it global; if you're like
-% me, you end up making every change twice, with an abortive test
-% run of \tex/ in between, in which you discover that a certain
-% control sequence is undefined because you didn't assign it
-% globally. (Using \cw{globaldefs} = 1 is dangerous in my experience;
-% you have to take care not to accidentally change any variables that
-% you don't want to be changed globally.)
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\begingroup
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Inside this group, enforce normal catcodes. All definitions must
-% be global in order to persist beyond the \cw{endgroup}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\catcode96 12 % left quote
-\catcode`\= 12
-\catcode`\{=1 \catcode`\}=2 \catcode`\#=6
-\catcode`\$=3 \catcode`\~=13 \catcode`\^=7
-\catcode`\_=8 \catcode`\^^M=5 \catcode`\"=12
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Make \qc{\@} a letter for use in `private' control sequences.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\catcode`\@=11
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \section{Preliminaries}
-% For \cw{@empty}, \cw{@gobble}, \ldots{} we use the \latex/ names so
-% that if \fn{grabhedr.sty} is used with \latex/ we won't waste hash
-% table and string pool space.
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\@empty}
-% Empty macro, for \cw{ifx} tests or initialization of variables.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\gdef\@empty{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\@gobble}
-% \begin{macro}{\@gobbletwo}
-% \begin{macro}{\@gobblethree}
-% Functions for gobbling unwanted tokens.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\long\gdef\@gobble#1{}
-\long\gdef\@gobbletwo#1#2{}
-\long\gdef\@gobblethree#1#2#3{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\@car}
-% The function \cw{@car}, though not really needed by
-% \fn{grabhedr.sty}, is needed by the principal customers of
-% \fn{grabhedr.sty} (e.g., \fn{dialog.sty}).
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\long\gdef\@car#1#2\@nil{#1}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\@@input}
-% To define \cw{@@input} as in \latex/ we want to let it equal to
-% the primitive \cw{input}. But if a \latex/ format is being used
-% we don't want to execute that assignment because by now
-% \cw{input} has changed its meaning. And if some other format is
-% being used it behooves us to check, before defining \cw{@@input},
-% whether \cw{input} still has its primitive meaning. Otherwise
-% there's a good chance \cw{inputfwh} will fail to work properly.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ifx\UndEFiNed\@@input % LaTeX not loaded.
-% \end{macrocode}
-% This code shows a fairly easy way to check whether the meaning of a
-% primitive control sequence is still the original meaning.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \edef\0{\meaning\input}\edef\1{\string\input}%
- \ifx\0\1%
- \global\let\@@input\input
- \else
- \errhelp{%
-Grabhedr.sty needs to know the name of the
-\input primitive in order to define \inputfwh
-properly. Consult a TeXnician for help.}
- \errmessage{%
- Non-primitive \noexpand\input detected}%
- \fi
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\toks@}
-% Scratch token register.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\global\toksdef\toks@=0
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\afterfi}
-% Sonja Maus's function for throwing code over the \cw{fi} (``An
-% Expansion Power Lemma'', \TUB{} vol 12 no 2 June 1991). (Except
-% that she called this function \cw{beforefi}.)
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\long\gdef\afterfi#1\fi{\fi#1}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\nx@}
-% We will be using \cw{noexpand} a lot; this abbreviation improves
-% the readability of the code.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\global\let\nx@\noexpand
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\xp@}
-% Another convenient abbreviation.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\global\let\xp@\expandafter
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \section{Reading standard file headers}
-% The function \cw{inputfwh} (`input file with header') inputs
-% the given file, checking first to see if it starts with a
-% standardized file header; if so, the filename, version and date
-% are scanned for and stored in a control sequence.
-%
-% For maximum robustness, we strive to rely on the fewest possible
-% assumptions about what the file that is about to be input might
-% contain.
-%
-% Assumption 1: Percent character \qc{\%} has category 14. I.e., if
-% the first line of the file to be input starts with \qc{\%}, it is
-% OK to throw away that line.
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\@percentchar}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\begingroup \lccode`\.=`\%%
-\lowercase{\gdef\@percentchar{.}}%
-\endgroup
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\fileversiondate}
-% The function \cw{fileversiondate} is not only a useful support
-% function for \cw{inputfwh}, it can also be used by itself at the
-% beginning of a file to set file name, version, and date correctly
-% even if the file is input by some means other than
-% \cw{inputfwh}\Dash assuming that the arguments of the
-% \cw{fileversiondate} command are kept properly up to date.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\gdef\fileversiondate#1#2#3{%
- \xp@\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{#2 (#3)}%
- \def\filename{#1}\def\fileversion{#2}%
- \def\filedate{#3}%
- \message{#1 \csname#1\endcsname}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% And now apply \cw{fileversiondate} to this file.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*209>
-\fileversiondate{grabhedr.sty}{0.9j}{1994/11/08}
-%</209>
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\@filehdrstart}
-% \fn{filehdr.el} by default adds a string of equal signs (with an
-% initial comment prefix) at the very top of a file header. This
-% string must be scanned away first before we can start looking for
-% the real information of the file header.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\xdef\@filehdrstart{%
- \@percentchar\@percentchar\@percentchar\space
- ==================================%
- ==================================}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\@scanfileheader}
-% The purpose of this function is just to scan up to the opening
-% brace that marks the beginning of the file header body.
-% Everything before that is ignored, not needed for our present
-% purposes.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\gdef\@scanfileheader#1@#2#{\@xscanfileheader}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\@xscanfileheader}
-% Throw in some dummy values of version and date at the end so that
-% all we require from a file header is that the filename field must
-% be present.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\long\gdef\@xscanfileheader#1{%
- \@yscanfileheader#1{} version = "??",
- date = "??",\@yscanfileheader}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\@yscanfileheader}
-% This function assumes that filename, version, and date of a file
-% are listed in that order (but not necessarily adjacent). It's
-% possible for the version and date to be missing, or out of order,
-% but the corresponding \tex/ variables \cw{fileversion} and
-% \cw{filedate} will not get set properly unless the order is:
-% filename, [\ldots,] version, [\ldots,] date. Trying to handle
-% different orderings would be desirable but I haven't yet been
-% struck by a suitable flash of insight on how to do it without
-% grubby, time-consuming picking apart of the entire file header.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\long\gdef\@yscanfileheader
- #1 filename = "#2",#3 version = "#4",%
- #5 date = "#6",#7\@yscanfileheader{%
- \endgroup
- \csname fileversiondate\endcsname{#2}{#4}{#6}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\@readfirstheaderline}
-% This function has to look at the first line of the file to see if
-% it has the expected form for the first line of a file header.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\begingroup
-\lccode`\$=`\^^M
-\lowercase{\gdef\@readfirstheaderline#1$}{%
- \toks@{#1}%
- \edef\@tempa{\@percentchar\the\toks@}%
- \ifx\@tempa\@filehdrstart
- \endgroup \begingroup
- \catcode`\%=9 \catcode`\^^M=5 \catcode`\@=11
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Double quote and equals sign need to be category 12 in order for
-% the parameter matching of \cw{@xscanfileheader} to work, and
-% space needs its normal catcode of 10.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \catcode`\ =10 \catcode`\==12 \catcode`\"=12
- \xp@\@scanfileheader
- \else
- \message{(* Missing file header? *)}%
- \afterfi\endgroup
- \fi}
-\endgroup
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\@xinputfwh}
-% An auxiliary function.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\gdef\@xinputfwh{%
- \ifx\next\@readfirstheaderline
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Sanitize a few characters. Otherwise an unmatched brace or other
-% special character might cause a problem in the process of reading
-% the first line as a macro argument.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \catcode`\%=12 \catcode`\{=12 \catcode`\}=12
- \catcode`\\=12 \catcode`\^^L=12
- \catcode`\^=12
-% Unique terminator token for the first line.
- \catcode`\^^M=3\relax
- \else \endgroup\fi
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\@inputfwh}
-% Auxiliary function, carries out the necessary \cw{futurelet}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\gdef\@inputfwh{\futurelet\next\@xinputfwh}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\inputfwh}
-% Strategy for (almost) bulletproof reading of the first line of
-% the input file is like this: Give the percent sign a special
-% catcode, then use \cw{futurelet} to freeze the catcode of the
-% first token in the input file. If the first token is {\em not\/}
-% a percent character, then fine, just close the group wherein the
-% percent character had its special catcode, and proceed with
-% normal input; the first token will have its proper catcode
-% because we did not change anything except the percent character.
-% Otherwise, we still proceed with `normal' input execution, but by
-% making \qc{\%} active and defining it suitably, we can carry out
-% further tests to see if the first file line has the expected form
-% (three percent signs plus lots of equal signs).
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\gdef\inputfwh#1{%
- \begingroup\catcode`\%=\active
- \endlinechar`\^^M\relax
- \lccode`\~=`\%\relax
- \lowercase{\let~}\@readfirstheaderline
- \xp@\@inputfwh\@@input #1\relax
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \section{Managing catcode changes}
-%
-% A survey of other methods for saving and restoring catcodes would
-% be more work than I have time for at the moment. The method
-% given here is the best one I know (other methods use up one extra
-% control sequence name per file, or don't robustly
-% handle multiple levels of file nesting).
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\localcatcodes}
-% The \cw{localcatcodes} function changes catcodes according to the
-% character/catcode pairs given in its argument, saving the
-% previous catcode values of those characters on a stack so that
-% they can be retrieved later with \cw{restorecatcodes}. Example:
-%\begin{usage}
-%\localcatcodes{\@{11}\"\active}
-%\end{usage}
-% to change the catcode of \cs{\@} to 11 (letter) and the catcode
-% of \qc{\"} to 13 (active). In \plaintex/ you'd better be careful
-% to use \qc{\+} instead of \cs{\+} in the argument of
-% \cw{localcatcodes} because of the outerness of \cs{\+}.
-%
-% This function works by using token registers 0 and 4
-% to accumulate catcode assignment statements: in \cw{toks0} we put
-% the statements necessary to restore catcodes to their previous
-% values, while in \cw{toks 4} we put the statements necessary to
-% set catcodes to their new values.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\gdef\localcatcodes#1{%
- \ifx\@empty\@catcodestack
- \gdef\@catcodestack{{}}%
- \fi
- \def\do##1##2{%
- \ifnum##2>\z@
- \catcode\number`##1 \space
- \number\catcode`##1\relax
- \expandafter\do\fi}%
- \xdef\@catcodestack{{\do#1\relax\m@ne}%
- \@catcodestack}%
- \def\do##1##2{\catcode`##1 ##2\relax\do}%
- \do#1\ {\catcode32\let\do}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\@catcodestack}
-% Init the stack with an empty element; otherwise popping the
-% next-to-last element would wrongly remove braces from the last
-% element. But as a matter of fact we could just as well initialize
-% \cw{@catcodestack} to empty because \cw{localcatcodes} is careful
-% to add an empty final element if necessary.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\gdef\@catcodestack{{}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\restorecatcodes}
-% The function \cw{restorecatcodes} has to pop the stack and
-% execute the popped code.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\gdef\restorecatcodes{%
- \begingroup
- \ifx\@empty\@catcodestack
- \errmessage{Can't pop catcodes;
- \nx@\@catcodestack = empty}%
- \endgroup
- \else
- \def\do##1##2\do{%
- \gdef\@catcodestack{##2}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Notice the placement of \arg{1} after the \cw{endgroup}, so that
-% the catcode assignments are local assignments.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \endgroup##1}%
- \xp@\do\@catcodestack\do
- \fi
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \section{Trapping redundant input statements}
-% The utility \fn{listout.tex} calls \fn{menus.sty}, which calls
-% \fn{dialog.sty}, and all three of these files start by loading
-% \fn{grabhedr.sty} in order to take advantage of its functions
-% \cw{fileversiondate}, \cw{localcatcodes}, and \cw{inputfwh}. But
-% consequently, when \fn{listout.tex} is used there will be two
-% redundant attempts to load \fn{grabhedr.sty}. The straightforward
-% way to avoid the redundant input attempts would be to surround
-% them with an \cw{ifx} test:
-%
-%^^V \ifx\undefined\fileversiondate
-%^^V \input grabhedr.sty \relax
-%^^V \fileversiondate{foo.bar}{0.9e}{10-Jun-1993}
-%^^V \fi
-%
-% This method has a few drawbacks, however: (1)~the conditional
-% remains open throughout the processing of everything in
-% \fn{grabhedr.sty} and the \cw{fileversiondate} statement, which
-% makes any \cw{else} or \cw{fi} mismatch problems harder to debug;
-% (2)~if \cw{undefined} becomes accidentally defined the \cw{ifx}
-% test will fail; (3)~choosing the right control sequence to test
-% against \cw{undefined} requires a little care.
-%
-% In a situation where we know that the file to be input has had
-% \cw{fileversiondate} applied to it, if it was already input, then
-% we have a failsafe control sequence that we can test to find out
-% whether the file has already been input\Dash the name
-% of the file. Assuming a standard form for the input statement
-% (one that will work with either plain \tex/ or \latex/, and makes
-% as few assumptions as possible), we can write a function that
-% will trap input statements and execute them only if the given
-% file has not yet been loaded:
-%
-%^^V \csname trap.input\endcsname
-%^^V \input grabhedr.sty \relax
-%^^V \fileversiondate{foo.bar}{1.2}{1993-Jun-07}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\trap.input}
-% The function \cw{trap.input} scans for an input statement in
-% canonical form and executes it if and only if the file has not yet
-% been input (more precisely, if the control sequence consisting of
-% the file name is undefined, which means that it has not had
-% \cw{fileversiondate} applied to it). The canonical form
-% that I consider to be the best is \cw{input} \meta{full file
-% name}{\tt\char32 }\cw{relax}. Having the \cw{relax} means that the
-% input statement will not try to expand beyond the end of the line
-% if \cw{endlinechar} is catcoded to 9 (ignore), as is done rather
-% frequently now by progressive \tex/ programmers. The \cw{relax}
-% would ordinarily render the space after the file name unnecessary,
-% but I prefer leaving the space in to avoid interfering with
-% redefinitions of \cw{input} to take a space-delimited argument
-% that are occasionally done to achieve other special effects (see,
-% for example, ``Organizing a large collection of stylefiles'', by
-% Angelika Binding, {\sl Cahiers GUTenberg}, num\'ero 10--11,
-% septembre 1991, p.~175.) \latex/'s argument form
-% \cw{input}\verb"{...}" cannot, unfortunately, be the
-% canonical form if \plaintex/ compatibility is required.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\expandafter\gdef\csname trap.input\endcsname
- \input#1 \relax{%
- \expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax
- \afterfi\inputfwh{#1}\relax
- \fi}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% End the group that encloses this entire file, and then call
-% \cw{endinput}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\endgroup
-\endinput
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \CheckSum{294}
-% \Finale
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dialogl/grabhedr.stp b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dialogl/grabhedr.stp
deleted file mode 100644
index 868ba5da462..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dialogl/grabhedr.stp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,144 +0,0 @@
-%%% ====================================================================
-%%% @LaTeX-style-file{
-%%% filename = "grabhedr.sty",
-%%% version = "0.9j",
-%%% date = "1994/11/08",
-%%% time = "16:15:00 EST",
-%%% author = "Michael Downes",
-%%% email = "mjd@math.ams.org (Internet)",
-%%% keywords = "TeX, file header,
-%%% supported = "yes",
-%%% abstract = "This file defines a function \inputfwh
-%%% to be used instead of \input, to allow TeX to grab
-%%% information from standardized file headers in the form
-%%% proposed by Nelson Beebe during his term as president of the
-%%% TeX Users Group. Of which all this here is an example.",
-%%% checksum = "60397 519 2589 19482",
-%%% docstring = "The checksum field above contains a CRC-16
-%%% checksum as the first value, followed by the equivalent of
-%%% the standard UNIX wc (word count) utility output of lines,
-%%% words, and characters. This is produced by Robert Solovay's
-%%% checksum utility.",
-%%% }
-%%% ====================================================================
-\begingroup
-\catcode96 12 % left quote
-\catcode`\= 12
-\catcode`\{=1 \catcode`\}=2 \catcode`\#=6
-\catcode`\$=3 \catcode`\~=13 \catcode`\^=7
-\catcode`\_=8 \catcode`\^^M=5 \catcode`\"=12
-\catcode`\@=11
-\gdef\@empty{}
-\long\gdef\@gobble#1{}
-\long\gdef\@gobbletwo#1#2{}
-\long\gdef\@gobblethree#1#2#3{}
-\long\gdef\@car#1#2\@nil{#1}
-\ifx\UndEFiNed\@@input % LaTeX not loaded.
- \edef\0{\meaning\input}\edef\1{\string\input}%
- \ifx\0\1%
- \global\let\@@input\input
- \else
- \errhelp{%
-Grabhedr.sty needs to know the name of the
-\input primitive in order to define \inputfwh
-properly. Consult a TeXnician for help.}
- \errmessage{%
- Non-primitive \noexpand\input detected}%
- \fi
-\fi
-\global\toksdef\toks@=0
-\long\gdef\afterfi#1\fi{\fi#1}
-\global\let\nx@\noexpand
-\global\let\xp@\expandafter
-\begingroup \lccode`\.=`\%%
-\lowercase{\gdef\@percentchar{.}}%
-\endgroup
-\gdef\fileversiondate#1#2#3{%
- \xp@\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{#2 (#3)}%
- \def\filename{#1}\def\fileversion{#2}%
- \def\filedate{#3}%
- \message{#1 \csname#1\endcsname}%
-}
-\fileversiondate{grabhedr.sty}{0.9j}{1994/11/08}
-\xdef\@filehdrstart{%
- \@percentchar\@percentchar\@percentchar\space
- ==================================%
- ==================================}
-\gdef\@scanfileheader#1@#2#{\@xscanfileheader}
-\long\gdef\@xscanfileheader#1{%
- \@yscanfileheader#1{} version = "??",
- date = "??",\@yscanfileheader}
-\long\gdef\@yscanfileheader
- #1 filename = "#2",#3 version = "#4",%
- #5 date = "#6",#7\@yscanfileheader{%
- \endgroup
- \csname fileversiondate\endcsname{#2}{#4}{#6}%
-}
-\begingroup
-\lccode`\$=`\^^M
-\lowercase{\gdef\@readfirstheaderline#1$}{%
- \toks@{#1}%
- \edef\@tempa{\@percentchar\the\toks@}%
- \ifx\@tempa\@filehdrstart
- \endgroup \begingroup
- \catcode`\%=9 \catcode`\^^M=5 \catcode`\@=11
- \catcode`\ =10 \catcode`\==12 \catcode`\"=12
- \xp@\@scanfileheader
- \else
- \message{(* Missing file header? *)}%
- \afterfi\endgroup
- \fi}
-\endgroup
-\gdef\@xinputfwh{%
- \ifx\next\@readfirstheaderline
- \catcode`\%=12 \catcode`\{=12 \catcode`\}=12
- \catcode`\\=12 \catcode`\^^L=12
- \catcode`\^=12
- \catcode`\^^M=3\relax
- \else \endgroup\fi
-}
-\gdef\@inputfwh{\futurelet\next\@xinputfwh}
-\gdef\inputfwh#1{%
- \begingroup\catcode`\%=\active
- \endlinechar`\^^M\relax
- \lccode`\~=`\%\relax
- \lowercase{\let~}\@readfirstheaderline
- \xp@\@inputfwh\@@input #1\relax
-}
-\gdef\localcatcodes#1{%
- \ifx\@empty\@catcodestack
- \gdef\@catcodestack{{}}%
- \fi
- \def\do##1##2{%
- \ifnum##2>\z@
- \catcode\number`##1 \space
- \number\catcode`##1\relax
- \expandafter\do\fi}%
- \xdef\@catcodestack{{\do#1\relax\m@ne}%
- \@catcodestack}%
- \def\do##1##2{\catcode`##1 ##2\relax\do}%
- \do#1\ {\catcode32\let\do}%
-}
-\gdef\@catcodestack{{}}
-\gdef\restorecatcodes{%
- \begingroup
- \ifx\@empty\@catcodestack
- \errmessage{Can't pop catcodes;
- \nx@\@catcodestack = empty}%
- \endgroup
- \else
- \def\do##1##2\do{%
- \gdef\@catcodestack{##2}%
- \endgroup##1}%
- \xp@\do\@catcodestack\do
- \fi
-}
-\expandafter\gdef\csname trap.input\endcsname
- \input#1 \relax{%
- \expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax
- \afterfi\inputfwh{#1}\relax
- \fi}
-\endgroup
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `grabhedr.sty'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dialogl/listout.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dialogl/listout.dtx
deleted file mode 100644
index dd7eab2dea2..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dialogl/listout.dtx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,5069 +0,0 @@
-%%% ====================================================================
-%%% @TeX-file{
-%%% filename = "listout.tex",
-%%% version = "1.4r",
-%%% date = "1994/12/02",
-%%% time = "15:22:30 EST",
-%%% author = "Michael Downes",
-%%% address = "49 Weeks Street
-%%% North Smithfield, RI 02986, USA",
-%%% email = "mjd@math.ams.org (Internet)",
-%%% checksum = "55045 5069 16082 147112",
-%%% keywords = "tex, verbatim",
-%%% abstract = "The purpose of this macro file is to print
-%%% verbatim listings of arbitrary text files, fitting as much
-%%% text per sheet of paper as possible. The default settings
-%%% are for US letter size paper 8.5 x 11 inches, two `pages'
-%%% per sheet, landscape mode, but extensive customization
-%%% facilities are provided. To conserve even more paper, you
-%%% should take advantage of any two-sided capabilities your
-%%% printer may happen to have.",
-%%% docstring = "The checksum field above contains a CRC-16
-%%% checksum as the first value, followed by the equivalent of
-%%% the standard UNIX wc (word count) utility output of lines,
-%%% words, and characters. This is produced by Robert Solovay's
-%%% checksum utility.",
-%%% }
-%%% ====================================================================
-%
-% \iffalse
-%<*driver>
-\documentstyle[doc,dialogl]{article}
-\title{Verbatim file printing: {\tt listout.tex}}
-\author{Michael Downes}
-\def\PrintMacroName#1{}
-\setlength{\MacroTopsep}{\MacrocodeTopsep}
-\setlength{\MacroIndent}{0pt}
-\def\MacroFont{\Vbtmfont}% doc.sty uses \MacroFont
-\DontCheckModules
-\multicoldefaultlayout
-\begin{document}
-\maketitle
-\begin{multicols}{2}
-\hDocInput{listout.dtx}
-\end{multicols}
-\ifdim\textwidth>\textheight
-\typeout{^^JWarning: remember to print using LANDSCAPE orientation^^J}
-\fi
-\end{document}
-%</driver>
-%\fi
-%
-%^^A Actual code lines are broken up to be 50 characters or less in
-%^^A order to fit within narrow column widths in two-column style.
-%
-% \section*{Introduction}
-%
-% The tool \fn{listout.tex} has two purposes:
-%
-% (1)~Verbatim printing of text files such as
-% e-\unpenalty mail, \tex/ log files, \tex/ macro files, or other
-% programming source code or, in general, any \ascii/ text, with
-% certain nice features that most printers and printer drivers
-% lack: reasonably good, and somewhat customizable, handling of tab
-% characters or other nonprinting characters; highly customizable
-% handling of overlong lines; absolute control over margins, number
-% of columns, intercolumn space, and line spacing; optional line
-% numbering; customizable running heads and running feet; not to
-% mention a few other things.
-%
-% (2)~To serve as a proving ground for ideas and functions from
-% \fn{dialog.sty} and \fn{menus.sty}. \fn{Listout.tex} uses
-% \fn{menus.sty} to present an elaborate menu system for changing
-% options (like font size, line spacing, or how many spaces should
-% be printed for a tab character).
-%
-% \fn{Listout} was originally written for \plaintex/. It seems to
-% work with \latex/ as well in the limited tests that I have done.
-%
-%^^A Use of \latex/ would require among other
-%^^A things the following adjustments: Use \cs{c@page} instead of
-%^^A \cs{pageno}; (nfss2) load math fonts and do other
-%^^A \begin{document} processing.
-%
-% \fn{Listout} is a part of a package that goes by the name of
-% {\bf dialogl}, which also includes the aforementioned
-% \fn{dialog.sty} and \fn{menus.sty}. The {\bf dialogl} package is
-% available on the Internet by anonymous ftp from {\sc ctan}
-% (Comprehensive \tex/ Archive Network), \eg., \fn{ftp.shsu.edu}
-% (USA), or \fn{ftp.dante.de} (Europe).
-%
-% For maximum portability, \fn{listout} uses in its menus only
-% lowest-common-denominator ordinary printable \ascii/ characters
-% in the range 32\ndash 126.
-%
-% Normal usage:
-%
-%^^V tex listout
-%
-% You will be prompted for the names of the files to be printed. But
-% first, you will be offered a chance to enter the \fn{listout} menu
-% system, which allows you to change options interactively at
-% run-time. (If you want to save a set of option settings for later
-% re-use, see selection \qc{\E} in the main menu.)
-%
-% \subsection*{Notation}
-%
-% Double-hat notation such as \verb'^^J' is used in this article
-% for control characters, as in \texbook/. A couple of
-% abbreviations from \fn{grabhedr.sty} are used frequently in the
-% macro code: \cw{xp@} = \cw{expandafter}, and \cw{nx@} =
-% \cw{noexpand}. Standard abbreviations from \fn{plain.tex} such as
-% \cw{z@} or \cw{toks@} are used without special comment.
-%
-% In the beginning \fn{listout.tex} was written without any private
-% control sequences. Eventually avoiding the use of private control
-% sequences became too inconvenient so I abandoned that restriction.
-% If it were redone from scratch I would privatize many of the
-% control sequences defined here to better support the future
-% possibility of using \fn{listout.tex} within arbitrary documents
-% where name conflicts might arise.
-%
-% \section{Preliminaries}
-% We begin by loading \fn{menus.sty}. As a matter of fact we won't
-% really input the file: The following few lines are for information
-% only, they will replaced by the contents of \fn{menus.sty} (and the
-% subordinate files \fn{dialog.sty} and \fn{grabhedr.sty} during the
-% generation of the executable file by docstrip. The reason is mainly
-% to make it possible to have a single version of \fn{listout.tex}
-% that runs under plain \tex/, \latex/ 2.09, and \latex/2e, but also
-% (a little bit) to avoid the speed cost of searching for input files
-% at run-time.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*ignore>
-\inputfwh{menus.sty}
-\fileversiondate{listout.tex}{1.4r}{1994/12/02}
-\ProvidesFile{listout.tex}[1994/11/10 v1.4r]
-%</ignore>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \mjd{Check if more catcodes must be added here:}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\localcatcodes{\@{11}\~{13}\"{12}\:{12}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \section{Miscellaneous utility functions}
-%
-% The file \fn{dialog.sty} (called by \fn{menus.sty}) defines
-% \cw{actively}, \cw{afterfi}, \cw{controlchars}, and
-% \cw{otherchars}.
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\xmeaning}
-% \cw{xmeaning} is a useful tool to convert the contents of a macro
-% to all category 12 characters. This is applied to filenames when
-% printing them to prevent problems from special characters such as
-% \qc{\$} or \qc{\_} that might occur in a file name.
-%
-% The argument \qarg{1} should be a macro.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\xmeaning#1{\xp@\xmeaningtrim\meaning#1}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\xmeaningtrim}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\xmeaningtrim#1->{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\TRUE}
-% \begin{macro}{\FALSE}
-% \cw{TRUE} and \cw{FALSE} are Boolean constants. After
-% \cw{let}\cw{sometest}\qc{\=}\cw{TRUE}, the variable \cw{sometest}
-% can be used with \cw{if}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\TRUE{TT}
-\def\FALSE{TF}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\@empty}
-% \begin{macro}{\@iden}
-% Borrow a couple of things from \latex/.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@empty{}
-\def\@iden#1{#1}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% \section{Date and time}
-%
-% Some macros to help construct various date options.
-% \begin{macro}{\datesepchar}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\datesepchar{ }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\keepleadingzeros}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\keepleadingzeros\FALSE
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\twodigits}
-% \cw{twodigits} adds a leading zero to a number if the number is
-% less than 10. The \cw{expandafter} and \cw{ident} are to stop the
-% scanning of \cw{number} so that something like
-% \cw{twodigits}\verb'{35}' will not gobble a following space. (When
-% the argument of \cw{twodigits} is a count register or similar
-% complete integer according to \tex/'s scanning rules, this
-% precaution is superfluous.)
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\twodigits#1{\ifnum#1<10 0\fi
- \xp@\@iden\xp@{\number#1}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\themonth}
-% \begin{macro}{\theday}
-% \cw{themonth}, \cw{theday}, and similar macros must be
-% reinitialized after the \fn{default.los} file is read, in case
-% the value of \cw{keepleadingzeros} changes.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\edef\themonth{\number\month}
-\edef\theday{\number\day}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\theyear}
-% \begin{macro}{\yearmodC}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\edef\theyear{\number\year}
-\edef\yearmodC{\xp@\@gobbletwo\number\year}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\Jan}\begin{macro}{\Feb}\begin{macro}{\Mar}
-% \begin{macro}{\Apr}\begin{macro}{\May}\begin{macro}{\Jun}
-% \begin{macro}{\Jul}\begin{macro}{\Aug}\begin{macro}{\Sep}
-% \begin{macro}{\Oct}\begin{macro}{\Nov}\begin{macro}{\Dec}
-% Month names. The default names are in English because that's this
-% author's native language. Month names for other languages are not
-% currently provided, perhaps in some future version. However
-% alternate names can be gotten by hand editing the \fn{.los} file
-% (`listout option settings') to change the definitions of
-% \cw{Jan}, \cw{Feb}, etc. \begin{macrocode}
-\def\Jan{January} \def\Feb{February}
-\def\Mar{March} \def\Apr{April}
-\def\May{May} \def\Jun{June}
-\def\Jul{July} \def\Aug{August}
-\def\Sep{September} \def\Oct{October}
-\def\Nov{November} \def\Dec{December}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
-% \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\datesetup}
-% Define \cw{monthname}, \cw{themon}, \cw{theMON} using the
-% value of \cw{month}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\datesetup{%
- \edef\themonthname{%
- \ifcase\month ?% case 0---THIS CAN'T HAPPEN
- \or\Jan\or\Feb\or\Mar\or\Apr\or\May\or\Jun
- \or\Jul\or\Aug\or\Sep\or\Oct\or\Nov\or\Dec
- \else ?\fi}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Construct three-letter abbreviations.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \def\do##1##2##3##4\od{##1##2##3}%
- \edef\themon{\xp@\do\themonthname\od}%
- \let\theMON\themon \changecase\uppercase\theMON
- \if\keepleadingzeros
- \edef\themonth{\twodigits\month}%
- \edef\theday{\twodigits\day}%
- \else
- \edef\themonth{\number\month}%
- \edef\theday{\number\day}%
- \fi
-}
-\datesetup
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\dateA}
-% Date form A: 1992-09-09. The hyphen can be changed to some other
-% character by modifying \cw{datesepchar}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\dateA{%
- \theyear\datesepchar\themonth\datesepchar\theday}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\dateB}
-% Date form B: 92-09-09
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\dateB{%
- \yearmodC\datesepchar\themonth\datesepchar\theday}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\dateC}
-% Date form C: 09-09-92. This one is ambiguous. Since the author is
-% United-Statesian, let's go with the U.S. convention of month
-% first.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\dateC{%
- \themonth\datesepchar\theday\datesepchar\yearmodC}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\dateD}
-% Date form D: 09-09-1992
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\dateD{%
- \themonth\datesepchar\theday\datesepchar\theyear}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\dateE}
-% Date form E: 09-Sep-92
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\dateE{%
- \theday\datesepchar\themon\datesepchar\yearmodC}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\dateF}
-% Date form F: 09-Sep-1992
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\dateF{%
- \theday\datesepchar\themon\datesepchar\theyear}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\dateG}
-% Date form G: 09-SEP-92
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\dateG{%
- \theday\datesepchar\theMON\datesepchar\yearmodC}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\dateH}
-% Date form H: 09-SEP-1992
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\dateH{%
- \theday\datesepchar\theMON\datesepchar\theyear}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\dateI}
-% Date form I: September 9, 1992 (\cw{datesepchar} not used)
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\dateI{%
- \themonthname\space\number\day, \theyear}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\dateJ}
-% Date form J: 9 September 1992 (assuming \cw{datesepchar} set to
-% space).
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\dateJ{%
- \theday\datesepchar\themonthname\datesepchar\theyear}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\todaysdate}
-% \cw{todaysdate} is assigned with \cw{def} rather than \cw{let} to
-% facilitate writing out the information to an \fn{.los} file.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\todaysdate{\dateJ}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\thehour}
-% Create \cw{thehour} holding two-digit number 00\ndash 23, number of
-% hours from \cw{time}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\count@=\time \divide\count@ 60
-\edef\thehour{\twodigits\count@}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\theminute}
-% Create \cw{theminute} holding two-digit number 00\ndash 59, number
-% of minutes from \cw{time} after subtracting $60*\cw{thehour}$.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\multiply\count@ -60 \advance\count@\time
-\edef\theminute{\twodigits\count@}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\ampmpunct}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\ampmpunct{.}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\ampm}
-% \begin{macro}{\thehourmodtwelve}
-% Define \cw{ampm} to be \verb"a" or \verb"p" (or
-% \verb"noon"\meta{gobble} or \verb"midnight"\meta{gobble}), and
-% define \cw{thehourmodtwelve} suitably. Notice that, unlike
-% \cw{thehour}, \cw{thehourmodtwelve} omits a leading zero.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\count@=\thehour\relax
-\ifnum\count@>11 \def\ampm{p}%
- \ifnum\count@>12
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Convert hours in the range 13\ndash 23 to the range 1\ndash 11.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \begingroup \advance\count@ -12
- \aftergroup\edef\aftergroup\thehourmodtwelve
- \aftergroup{\xp@
- \endgroup \number\count@}%
- \else
- \edef\thehourmodtwelve{12}%
- \fi
-\else
- \def\ampm{a}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Hour 0 needs to be translated to 12:?? a.m.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifnum\count@=0 \count@=12 \fi
- \edef\thehourmodtwelve{\number\count@}%
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\AMPM}
-% Note that \cw{AMPM} should not be written to the \fn{.los} file:
-% it needs to be recomputed at run-time using the current value of
-% \cw{time}. The function \cw{changecase} is from \fn{dialog.sty}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\AMPM\ampm \changecase\uppercase\AMPM
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\midnoon}
-% If the current time is midnight or noon, \cw{midnoon} prints the
-% appropriate word and gobbles the `a.m.' or `p.m.' string.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\midnoon#1{\ifnum\time=0 midnight\else
- \ifnum\time=720 noon\else#1\fi\fi}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\timesepchar}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\timesepchar{:}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\timeA}
-% Time form A: 1947
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\timeA{\thehour\theminute}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\timeB}
-% Time form B: 19:47
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\timeB{\thehour\timesepchar\theminute}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\timeC}
-% Time form C: 7:47 pm
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\timeC{\thehourmodtwelve\timesepchar\theminute
- \space\midnoon{\ampm m}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\timeD}
-% Time form D: 7:47 p.m.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\timeD{\thehourmodtwelve\timesepchar\theminute
- \space\midnoon{\ampm\ampmpunct m\ampmpunct}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\timeE}
-% Time form E: 7:47 PM
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\timeE{\thehourmodtwelve\timesepchar\theminute
- \space\midnoon{\AMPM M}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\timeF}
-% Time form F: 7:47 P.M.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\timeF{\thehourmodtwelve\timesepchar\theminute
- \space\midnoon{\AMPM\ampmpunct M\ampmpunct}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\nowtime}
-% \cw{nowtime} is assigned with \cw{def} for the same reason as
-% \cw{todaysdate}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\nowtime{\timeB}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% \section{Output routine}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\curcol}
-% \begin{macro}{\totalcols}
-% \cw{curcol} is a counter to keep track of the current column
-% number; \cw{totalcols} is a variable that indicates how many
-% columns are desired.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\chardef\curcol=1
-\chardef\totalcols=2
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\firstpageno}
-% \begin{macro}{\lastpageno}
-% For multi-column output, a `page' number is associated to each
-% column. At the time when a running head is attached to a column,
-% the current `page' number is always \cw{lastpageno}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\countdef\firstpageno=1
-\countdef\lastpageno=2
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\prevcolsbox}
-% When the number of columns $n$ is greater than 1, columns $1$,
-% $\ldots$, $n-1$ are accumulated in \cw{prevcolsbox} before being
-% shipped out.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newbox\prevcolsbox
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\paht}
-% \begin{macro}{\pawd}
-% Paper height and width.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newdimen\paht \newdimen\pawd
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\fullwd}
-% The `full width' is the width of all the $n$ columns plus $(n-1)
-% * \btext{intercolumn}\linebreak[0]\btext{space}$. Normally it is
-% computed at run time from paper size, number of columns and
-% intercolumn space.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newdimen\fullwd
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\colwd}
-% Column width is computed from number of columns, paper size,
-% margins, and intercolumn space, unless it is explicitly set to a
-% given width by the user, in which case \cw{fullwd} is computed from
-% number of columns, column width, and intercolumn space, and a
-% warning is given if \cw{fullwd} plus the margins exceeds paper
-% width. In other words, in the system of equations
-% \xdef\restorearraycolsep{\arraycolsep \the\arraycolsep\relax}%
-% \arraycolsep1pt\relax
-% \begin{eqnarray}
-% \cw{rightmargin} &=& \cw{leftmargin}\label{rl}\\
-% \cw{fullwd} &=& \cw{paperwd} - \cw{leftmargin}\nonumber\\
-% &&{} - \cw{rightmargin}\\
-% \cw{colwd} &=& \frac{\cw{fullwd}
-% + \cw{intercolspace}}{\cw{totalcols}}\nonumber\\
-% &&{} - \cw{intercolspace}
-% \end{eqnarray}
-% \restorearraycolsep
-% the variables on the left-hand side in each equation are the
-% dependent variables. If the user sets the right margin
-% explicitly, we delete equation (\ref{rl}) from the system; or if
-% the user sets column width explicitly, we change the status of
-% the \cw{colwd} variable from dependent to independent, which may
-% be thought of as switching to the equations
-% \xdef\restorearraycolsep{\arraycolsep \the\arraycolsep\relax}%
-% \arraycolsep0pt\relax
-% \begin{eqnarray}
-% \cw{fullwd} &=& ((\cw{colwd} +\cw{intercolspace})\nonumber\\
-% && {}\times \cw{totalcols})\nonumber\\
-% && {}- \cw{intercolspace}\\
-% \cw{rightmargin} &=& \cw{paperwd} - \cw{leftmargin}\nonumber\\
-% && {}- \cw{fullwd}
-% \end{eqnarray}
-% \restorearraycolsep
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newdimen\colwd
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\dependentcolwd}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\dependentcolwd\TRUE
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\leftmargin}
-% \begin{macro}{\rightmargin}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newdimen\leftmargin
-\newdimen\rightmargin
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\dependentrightmargin}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\dependentrightmargin\TRUE
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\computerfc}
-% \mjd{Maybe change this and related names to computeRFC (caps)?}
-% Function to find \cw{rightmargin}, \cw{fullwd}, and \cw{colwidth}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\computerfc{\relax \rightmargin=\leftmargin
- \computefc }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\computefc}
-%
-% Find \cw{fullwd} and \cw{colwd} but leave \cw{rightmargin} as is.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\computefc{\fullwd=\pawd
- \advance\fullwd-\leftmargin
- \advance\fullwd-\rightmargin
- \colwd\fullwd
- \advance\colwd \intercolspace
- \divide\colwd \totalcols
- \advance\colwd -\intercolspace
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \cw{columnwidth} is the version of \cw{colwd} reported to the user.
-% If it is set explicitly, the original form is retained, otherwise a
-% width value given by the user as `5cm' would be reported as
-% `142.26378pt'. But here we are computing the column width, so
-% we do not try to make the raw points value more presentable.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \edef\columnwidth{\the\colwd}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\computefr}
-%
-% Find \cw{fullwd} and \cw{rightmargin} from a specified column
-% width.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\computefr{\fullwd\colwd
- \advance\fullwd \intercolspace
- \multiply\fullwd \totalcols
- \advance\fullwd -\intercolspace
- \rightmargin\pawd
- \advance\rightmargin-\leftmargin
- \advance\rightmargin-\fullwd
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\colht}
-% Unless explicitly set to a given value by the user, bottom margin
-% and column height are computed from paper size and top margin,
-% starting with bottom margin = top margin and then rounding the
-% column height to an integral number of lines (with the usual
-% adjustment for \cw{topskip}).
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newdimen\colht
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\intercolspace}
-% \begin{macro}{\overrun}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newdimen\intercolspace \newdimen\overrun
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\runheadht}
-% \begin{macro}{\runfootht}
-% \cw{runheadht} is the height of the running head, including space
-% below it. \cw{runfootht} is similar.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newdimen\runheadht \newdimen\runfootht
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\bottommargin}
-% \begin{macro}{\topmargin}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newdimen\bottommargin \newdimen\topmargin
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\computebc}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\computebc{\bottommargin=\topmargin \computec}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\computec}
-% \mjd{Maybe this should be named computeHB (height/bottom)}
-% This function is called if the user sets a new top or bottom
-% margin, because in that case we need to recompute \cw{colht} to
-% compensate.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\computec{%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Find $\cw{colht} = \cw{paperht} - \cw{topmargin} -
-% \cw{bottommargin}$, rounded off to nearest multiple of the line
-% spacing.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \colht\paht \advance\colht -\topmargin
- \advance\colht -\bottommargin
- \advance\colht -\runheadht
- \advance\colht -\runfootht
- \roundcolht
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Adjust \cw{bottommargin} to fit with the new \cw{colht}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \bottommargin\paht
- \advance\bottommargin -\topmargin
- \advance\bottommargin -\colht
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\roundcolht}
-% \cw{roundcolht} rounds \cw{colht} to the nearest integer multiple
-% of the line spacing.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\roundcolht{%
- \advance\colht .5\baselineskip
- \divide\colht\baselineskip
- \edef\columnheight{\number\colht\space lines}%
- \multiply\colht\baselineskip
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Compensate for \cw{topskip}:
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \advance\colht\topskip
- \advance\colht -\baselineskip
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\dependentcolht}
-% \begin{macro}{\dependentbottommargin}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\dependentcolht\TRUE
-\let\dependentbottommargin\TRUE
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\computeb}
-% The function \cw{computeb} is called to recompute \cw{colht} and
-% \cw{bottommargin} if the user gives an explicit value for
-% \cw{colht}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\computeb{%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Round \cw{colht} off to nearest multiple of the line spacing.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \roundcolht
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Adjust \cw{bottommargin} to fit with the new \cw{colht}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \bottommargin\paht
- \advance\bottommargin -\topmargin
- \advance\bottommargin -\colht
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\pageno}
-% If \latex/ is being used, \cw{pageno} will be undefined; we then
-% provide a suitable definition.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ifx\UndEFiNed\pageno \countdef\pageno=0 \fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\pagenumber}
-% We retain \cw{pageno} as the number of shipouts (\ie., sheets
-% of paper, if printing normally). The logical `page' number within
-% the file being printed, at the time \cw{pagenumber} is called, is
-% always \cw{lastpageno}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\pagenumber{[\number\pageno]\thinspace{%
- \csname\pagenumberfont
- \pagenumberfontsize\endcsname
- \number\lastpageno}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\landscape}
-% Switch for portrait versus landscape.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\landscape=\TRUE
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\pagenumbermessage}
-% A message to show at run-time how the pages are being put
-% together. In the simplest case, when there is only one text
-% column per sheet of paper, this message would be silly, so we
-% wrap it in a condition.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\pagenumbermessage{%
- \ifnum\totalcols>\@ne
- \message{%
-Printing `pages' \the\firstpageno--\the\lastpageno
-\space on \if\landscape landscape \fi sheet
-\the\pageno}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Here I wanted to add the following line, but nay, let it be
-% omitted to support the unlikely, but not totally unreasonable,
-% possibility that different files in the same run might have
-% different number of columns per page.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-% \else \gdef\pagenumbermessage{}%
- \fi}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\Ncols}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\Ncols{\relax
- \ifnum\curcol=\totalcols
- \pagenumbermessage
- \shipout\hbox to\fullwd{%
- \unhbox\prevcolsbox\curcolbox}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \cw{pageno} is the number of the actual sheet of paper on which
-% we are currently printing.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \global\advance\pageno\@ne
- \global\chardef\curcol \z@
- \ifnum\totalcols>\@ne
- \global\advance\lastpageno \@ne
- \global\firstpageno\lastpageno
- \fi
- \else
- \global\setbox\prevcolsbox\hbox{%
- \unhbox\prevcolsbox\curcolbox
- \hskip\intercolspace plus1fil\relax}%
- \ifnum\totalcols>\@ne
- \global\advance\lastpageno \@ne
- \fi
- \fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Maximum number of columns = 20. The preliminary \cw{edef}
-% step is necessary because \cw{mathchardef} makes \cw{curcol} =
-% \cw{relax} before scanning the number on the right-hand side of
-% the assignment, so that it would choke the \cw{ifcase}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \edef\next{\global\mathchardef\curcol=
- \ifcase\curcol
- 1\or 2\or 3\or 4\or 5\or 6\or 7\or 8\or 9\or
- 10\or 11\or 12\or 13\or 14\or 15\or 16\or
- 17\or 18\or 19\or 20%
- \else "7FFF\fi\relax
- }%
- \next
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\runhead}
-% \begin{macro}{\runfoot}
-% We use \cw{runhead} and \cw{runfoot} instead of \cw{headline} and
-% \cw{footline}, to reduce the possibility of conflict if this
-% utility is used in conjunction with some other output routine.
-% (Future possibility, not yet implemented: allow calling of this
-% utility from within \latex/ or another macro package with its own
-% output routine.[mjd,20-Sep-1993])
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newtoks\runhead \newtoks\runfoot
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\loheadline}
-% The test at the beginning here is to avoid problems when the
-% headline is wider than the column width; in that case only print
-% one headline over all the columns instead of a headline for each
-% column. If \qarg{1} = \cw{colwd}, it means that the headline fits
-% within \cw{colwd}: print a headline for each column; otherwise
-% print a headline only if \cw{curcol} = 1, and let it overlap over
-% all the columns.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\loheadline#1{\relax
- \if\ifdim#1=\colwd T\else
- \ifnum\curcol=\@ne T\else F\fi\fi T%
- \vbox to\runheadht{\rlap{\hbox to#1{%
- \csname\runheadfont\runheadfontsize\endcsname
- \the\runhead}}\vss}%
- \nointerlineskip
- \fi
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\lofootline}
-% As for the headline, we print a single footline across all
-% columns if the footline width is greater than \cw{colwd}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\lofootline#1{\relax
- \if \ifdim#1=\colwd T\else
- \ifnum\curcol=1 T\else F\fi\fi T%
- \nointerlineskip
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The \cw{vfil} pushes the footline to the bottom of the vbox; the
-% \cw{vfilneg}\cw{vss} at the end is just a compact way of writing
-% \cw{vskip} {\tt 0pt minus1fil}, meaning let the footline hang out
-% the bottom of the box if necessary, without giving an overfull
-% vbox message.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \vbox to\runfootht{\vfil\rlap{\hbox to#1{%
- \csname\runheadfont\runheadfontsize\endcsname
- \the\runfoot}}\kern-\prevdepth
- \vfilneg\vss}%
- \fi
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\setupheadlineandfootline}
-% Define how headline and footline are applied. If the running head
-% or running foot is too wide to fit within \cw{colwd}, then
-% \cw{hfwd} (headline/footline width) is defined to be \cw{fullwd}.
-% Cf.\ the comments for \cw{loheadline}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\setupheadlineandfootline{%
- \gdef\hfwd{\colwd}%
- \if\runheads
- \setbox\z@\hbox{%
- \csname\runheadfont\runheadfontsize\endcsname
- \the\runhead}%
- \ifdim\wd\z@>\colwd \gdef\hfwd{\fullwd}\fi
- \fi
- \if\runfeet
- \setbox\z@\hbox{%
- \csname\runfootfont\runfootfontsize\endcsname
- \the\runfoot}%
- \ifdim\wd\z@>\colwd \gdef\hfwd{\fullwd}\fi
- \fi
- \if\runheads
- \if\runfeet
- \gdef\curcolbox{\vtop{\loheadline\hfwd
- \vbox to\vsize{\unvbox255 \vss}%
- \lofootline\hfwd}}%
- \else
- \gdef\curcolbox{%
- \vtop{\loheadline\hfwd \vtop{\unvbox255 }}}%
- \fi
- \else
- \if\runfeet
- \gdef\curcolbox{\vtop{\null\nointerlineskip
- \vbox to\vsize{\unvbox255 \vss}%
- \lofootline\hfwd}}%
- \else
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Print \cw{null} box for the headline rather than nothing, so that
-% the \cw{vtop} in \cw{curcolbox} will work.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \gdef\curcolbox{%
- \vtop{\null\unvbox255 }}%
- \fi
- \fi
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% \section{Tab handling}
-%
-% Well, at first I was only going to make tabs expand to a fixed
-% number of spaces regardless of where they happened to fall in the
-% line. This would work fine for tabs that fall at the beginning of a
-% line. But there are certain other reasonable possibilities in
-% program source code, e.g. assembly-language style comments that
-% start in column 40 or so, or tables of information.
-% The alignment in such cases can be preserved by setting a
-% box at the beginning of each line and then, when a tab comes
-% along, measuring the width of the line so far to figure out how
-% many characters it contains. Of course this is impossible unless
-% the font being used is monospace. But given that, and
-% given a specified width in characters of each tab, it's possible to
-% find the distance remaining to the next tab stop.
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\tableaderbox}
-% Box used with \cw{leaders} to represent tab characters.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newbox\tableaderbox
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\spacespertab}
-% The most common convention for printing tabs is eight spaces.
-% Some people may prefer printing fewer.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\chardef\spacespertab=8
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\tabwidth}
-% \cw{tabwidth} is the width to be used for tab characters. Usually
-% a multiple of (monospaced-font) character width and
-% \cw{spacespertab}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newdimen\tabwidth
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\printtaba}
-% The function \cw{printtaba} is called when we are in the middle
-% of typesetting an \cw{hbox} to \cw{hsize} (cf
-% \cw{newunnumberedline}).
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\printtaba{%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Finish the hbox. The \cw{hfil} is just to prevent an underfull
-% hbox message, it will be removed next. Using \cw{hfil} to supress
-% the message seems to be better than using \cw{hbadness}, because
-% the current box is being set to \cw{hsize} instead of natural
-% size so it will have to be reboxed anyway (therefore the
-% \cw{unskip} step costs little); and if \cw{hbadness} were set to
-% 10000 then overfull messages would also be suppressed, which is
-% unnecessary and even slightly undesirable.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \hfil\egroup
- \setbox\z@\hbox{\unhbox\z@ \unskip}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Compute \cw{dimen@}, the distance remaining to the next tab stop
-% (the next integer multiple of \cw{tabwidth} that is greater than
-% the width of box 0).
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \dimen@\wd\z@ \divide\dimen@\tabwidth
- \multiply\dimen@\tabwidth
- \advance\dimen@\tabwidth
- \advance\dimen@ -\wd\z@
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Restart the line, adding leaders to the appropriate width.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \setbox\z@\hbox to \hsize\bgroup \unhbox\z@
- \spacebreak\hbox to\dimen@{%
- \leaders\copy\tableaderbox\hfil}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\newfileprinttab}
-% Print a message when a tab is encountered in the current file.
-% But after the first tab, don't send any more messages, until a
-% new file is started.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\newfileprinttab{\printtaba
- \message{%
-Say, this file contains a tab character}%
- \global\let\printtab\printtaba}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\printtab}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\printtab=\newfileprinttab
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\charwidth}
-% Variable to hold the width of one character in the current font.
-% (Monospace font assumed.)
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newdimen\charwidth
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\inittabs}
-% \cw{inittabs} assumes that the proper font has already been
-% selected.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\inittabs{%
- \setbox\z@\hbox{m}\charwidth\wd\z@
- \tabwidth\spacespertab\charwidth
- \ifcase\tabselect % case 0: blank tabs option.
- \setbox\tableaderbox\hbox to\charwidth{}%
- \or % case 1: dots option.
- \setbox\tableaderbox\hbox to.2em{%
- \hskip\z@ plus2\p@ minus3\p@
- \mathhexbox 201% \cdot character
- \kern.1em }%
- \or % case 2: dashed option.
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The plus and minus for the first hskip are to avoid underfull
-% hbox messages from rounding errors in summing the em dimensions.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \setbox\tableaderbox\hbox to.3em{%
- \hskip-.1em plus2sp minus2sp%
- \vrule width.25em height.25em\kern.15em }%
- \or % case 3: hrule option.
- \setbox\tableaderbox\hbox{%
- \vrule width\charwidth height2\p@ depth-1.5\p@}%
- \else % case 4: tiny TAB option.
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The font used for the small letters is always 5pt roman\mdash no
-% user choice here.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \setbox\tableaderbox\hbox to.5em{\hss
- \vbox to6\p@{%
- \offinterlineskip\csname roman5\endcsname
- \hbox to7\p@{T\hss}\vss
- \hbox to7\p@{\hss\kern-.1em A\hss}\vss
- \hbox to7\p@{\hss B}\kern-2\p@}%
- \hss}%
- \fi
- \let\printtab\newfileprinttab
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\tabstyle}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\tabstyle{\ifcase\tabselect blank space\or
- dots\or dashed lines\or horizontal rules\else
- tiny TABs\fi}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% \section{Printing non-printable characters}
-% The `invisible' control characters \ascii/ 0\ndash 31 and 127 need
-% special handling if they occur in the text being printed. For
-% \ascii/ 9 and 13, tab and carriage return, there is a generally
-% accepted way to print them, but for the others there are no
-% standards. So the chosen method here is to print a boxed letter:
-% boxed A for \ctrl{A}, boxed B for \ctrl{B}, and so forth. One
-% other exception seems to be convenient: \ctrl{L} (form feed) is
-% defined to act as a `newpage' command (`newcolumn' if
-% \cw{totalcols} is greater than 1).
-%
-% For characters 128\ndash 255 there are generally accepted ways to
-% print them. The trouble is, there are too many different
-% generally accepted ways: the Macintosh way, the IBM PC codepage
-% ways (several different codepages), the DC font encoding way, the
-% DEC multinational character set way, the KOI-8 way, and many many
-% others. And most of these ways would require their own font, as
-% they include characters not found in the \fn{cmtt} character set.
-% Therefore I do not attempt here to do anything very useful with
-% characters $>$ 127, but only set them up to print a boxed
-% question mark and a warning about `unspecified character'.
-% If you're interested in helping me expand the capabilities of
-% \fn{listout} in this area, particularly regarding the font
-% complications, let me know.
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\charboxsidekern}
-% \begin{macro}{\charboxstrut}
-% \cw{charboxstrut} is initialized in \cw{listout} after the font
-% is set.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newdimen\charboxsidekern
-\charboxsidekern=.3pt
-\newbox\charboxstrut
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\characterbox}
-% Function to print a box around a given character.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\characterbox#1{%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The width of the hbox is set to preserve alignment of characters
-% across lines if we have a normal tt font with the width of all
-% characters = .5\units{em}. In order for the enclosed character
-% to be slightly more readable, we allow the vertical rules to
-% partly overlap outside the .5\units{em} space instead of lapping
-% them entirely inward.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \hbox to.5em{\hss
- \dimen@.22\p@ \dimen@ii -.11\p@
- \vrule width\dimen@ \kern\dimen@ii
- \vbox{\hrule height\dimen@
- \kern\charboxsidekern
- \hbox{\kern\charboxsidekern
- #1\kern\charboxsidekern
-% \end{macrocode}
-% A vertical strut is inserted to ensure a certain minimum height
-% of the box even if say the enclosed character has practically no
-% height (\eg. underscore).
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \copy\charboxstrut}%
- \dimen4 \prevdepth
- \advance\dimen4 \charboxsidekern
- \advance\dimen@ \dimen4
- \hrule depth\dimen@ height -\dimen4
- }%
- \kern\dimen@ii\vrule width\dimen@\hss}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\controlchara}
-% Define the control characters \ascii/ 0\ndash 31 and 127 to print a
-% warning and a boxed letter. \ctrl{I}, \ctrl{L}, \ctrl{M} (tab,
-% formfeed, carriage return) will receive overriding definitions
-% later.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\controlchara#1{%
- \message{Warning:
-Invisible control character, printing boxed letter}%
- \characterbox{#1}%
- \gdef\controlchar##1{%
- \message{@}\characterbox{##1}}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\controlchar}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\controlchar{\controlchara}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\controlcharassignments}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newtoks\controlcharassignments
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% Start a group to localize the changes to lccodes, \cw{do}, etc.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\begingroup
-% \end{macrocode}
-% For \eg. \ctrl{A} we want to issue a warning message and print a
-% boxed capital A character. To get the cap A from the control
-% character \ctrl{A} which \cw{controlchars} provides, we turn it
-% into a number and add 64, then use the result with \cw{lccode} to
-% get a category-12 character inside the definition being
-% constructed.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\do#1{\count@=`#1 \next \do}
-\def\next{\lccode`\~=\count@ \advance\count@ 64
- \ifnum\count@>127 \advance\count@ -128 \fi
- \lccode`\.=\count@
- \lowercase{\let~\relax
- \global\controlcharassignments\xp@{%
- \the\controlcharassignments
- \def~{\controlchar{.}}}}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\xp@\do\controlchars{a \@gobbletwo}
-\endgroup
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\unknownchar}
-% \begin{macro}{\unknownchara}
-%
-% Define characters in the range \ascii/ 128\ndash 255 to print as a
-% boxed question mark, with a warning. Those who have DC fonts or
-% other fonts with 256 characters instead of 128 might want to change
-% this behavior, but the default is chosen so as not to cause trouble
-% for those who are currently handicapped with 128-character fonts
-% (including myself \ldots). There is also the problem that in an
-% arbitrary file being printed, the original intended interpretation
-% of characters above \ascii/ 127 may vary widely, and more often
-% than not, perhaps, will not correspond properly to the characters
-% in the high 128 positions of the currently selected font. For
-% example, it's not clear how useful it would be to print out a file
-% coded for Russian characters in the high 128 with a font that uses
-% the DC character set.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\unknownchara{%
- \xmesj{Warning: Unspecified character
- (system-dependent interpretation);\
- printing question mark instead}%
- \characterbox{?}%
- \gdef\unknownchar{\message{?}\characterbox{?}}%
-}
-%
-\def\unknownchar{\unknownchara}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\eightbitaction}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\eightbitaction{B}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\highASCIIassignments}
-% \begin{macro}{\highBSCIIassignments}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newtoks\highASCIIassignments
-\newtoks\highBSCIIassignments
-%
-\highASCIIassignments{%
- \def\do{\catcode\count@=12 \advance\count@\@ne
- \ifnum\count@>\@cclv \expandafter\@gobble\fi\do}%
- \count@=128 \do}
-%
-\begingroup
-\def\do{%
- \global\catcode\count@\active
- \lccode`\~\count@
- \lowercase{\global\highBSCIIassignments
- \xp@{\the\highBSCIIassignments
- \def~{\unknownchar}}}%
- \ifnum\count@<255\relax
- \advance\count@ 1\relax
- \xp@\do % tail recursion
- \fi}
-%
-\count@=128\relax \do \endgroup
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% \section{File name titles}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\thisfilename}
-% Variable to hold the name of the current file being printed. To
-% be determined at run-time.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\thisfilename{??}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\printtitles}
-% If \cw{printtitles} is true then the name of each file is printed
-% at the beginning of each file as a centered title, with some
-% space above and below.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\printtitles=\TRUE
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\@dogobble}
-% Auxiliary function to help in ending a recursive \cs{do}
-% operation.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@dogobble#1\do{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\nonttfont}
-% If \cw{titlefont} is not a tt font, then \qc{\_} will not print
-% properly; to get around this we print the title in math mode with
-% \cw{textfont}1 = \cw{titlefont}, just so that we can use
-% \cw{mathcode}"8000 to make the underscore pseudo-active. This is
-% convenient because all characters of \cw{thisfilename} were
-% converted to category 12 by \cw{xmeaning}, and mathcode "8000
-% allows us to use any underscore characters already present
-% instead of replacing them by active characters. The alternative
-% would be to pick apart \cw{thisfilename} looking for \qc{\_}
-% characters and replace them by active \qc{\_} or by \cs{\_}; but
-% that seems like more work. For certain other characters (less
-% likely to occur in file names) there is the same problem.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\nonttfont#1{%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Reset mathcodes of all nonalphanumeric visible characters, since
-% some of them (\eg., period) have mathcodes that point to
-% unexpected font positions. Yes, this is overkill, but it's
-% simpler to program and more likely to be robust against unknown
-% future changes in font layouts.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \def\do##1{\mathcode`##1`##1 \do}%
- \xp@\do\otherchars{.`.\relax \@dogobble}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Furthermore, the characters \qc{\<} \qc{\>} \verb*" " (space)
-% \qc{\_} \qc{\{} \qc{\|} \qc{\}} \qc{\~} do not have adequate
-% representatives in their \ascii/ positions in normal \tex/ text
-% fonts (other than \fn{cmtt}). So we mathcode them to pull some
-% reasonable approximations out of \cw{textfont2} (\fn{cmsy10}),
-% except for underscore, which we mathcode to \verb/"8000/ (active)
-% and define to produce a horizontal rule, and space, which we
-% leave alone.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \mathcode`\<"268 \mathcode`\>"269
- \mathcode`\\"26E \mathcode`\_"8000
- \mathcode`\{"266 \mathcode`\|"26A
- \mathcode`\}"267 \mathcode`\~"218
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Finally, we make the double-quote character active so that it
-% will produce a double-prime symbol rather than a directional
-% close-quotes character, which would be ambiguous with two single
-% apostrophes.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \mathcode`\""8000
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Change the definition of active \qc{\_} to produce a thicker and
-% wider rule.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \actively\def\_{%
- \leavevmode\kern.06em\vbox{%
- \hrule width.4em height.06em}}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Define active \qc{\"} character to produce double-prime.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \actively\def\"{^{\prime\prime}}%
- \textfont\z@
- \csname\titlefont\titlefontsize\endcsname
-% \end{macrocode}
-% On general principles we initialize \cw{everymath} and
-% \cw{mathsurround} to make sure they don't do anything abnormal.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \everymath{}\mathsurround\z@
- $\fam\z@#1$%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% The list of system types and associated directory separator
-% characters is determined arbitrarily as the systems that I happen
-% to have experience with. If you want to see your favorite system
-% added to the list write to me at the e-mail address given above
-% \ldots
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\DOSdirsepchar}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\escapechar=-1
-\edef\DOSdirsepchar{\string\\}
-\escapechar=`\\
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\Macintoshdirsepchar}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\Macintoshdirsepchar{:}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\Unixdirsepchar}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\Unixdirsepchar{/}
-\xp@\def\csname VAX/VMSdirsepchar\endcsname{]}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\chopname}
-%
-% The function \cw{chopname} chops up a filename looking for the
-% characters that separate directory components from filename
-% components; this is in order to add an \cw{allowbreak} between
-% directory and filename if an explicit directory is included in
-% the given file name, so that when printing the file name in a
-% title, it will break into two lines if there isn't enough room
-% for the whole thing to fit on one line.
-%
-% \cw{chopname} is intended to be called only after \cw{xmeaning} has
-% been applied to convert all constituent characters of \qarg{1} to
-% category 12.
-%
-% Test cases:
-%
-%^^V \def\systemtype{Unix}
-%^^V \def\test{goo/bar/flab/rtex}
-%^^V \chopname\test \show\test
-%^^V \def\test{rtex}
-%^^V \chopname\test \show\test
-%^^V
-%^^V \def\systemtype{VAX/VMS}
-%^^V \def\test{goo:[bar.flab]rtex}
-%^^V \chopname\test\show\test
-%^^V \def\test{rtex}
-%^^V \chopname\test\show\test
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\chopname#1{%
- \edef\dirsepchar{%
- \csname\systemtype dirsepchar\endcsname}%
- \edef\@tempa{%
- \def\nx@\do####1\dirsepchar}%
- \@tempa
-% \end{macrocode}
-% What we get here from \cw{@tempa} is something like
-% the following line.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-% \def\do##1/%
- ##2{%
- \toks@\xp@{\next@}%
- \ifx\end##2% then just add ##1 at the end
- \edef\next@{\the\toks@##1}%
- \else
- \edef\next@{\the\toks@##1%
- \dirsepchar\nx@\allowbreak}%
- \afterfi\do##2%
- \fi
- }%
- \edef\@tempa{\toks@{}\def\nx@\next@{}%
- \nx@\do#1\dirsepchar\nx@\end}%
- \@tempa
- \let#1\next@
-% \end{macrocode}
-% And finally, if \cw{dirprefix} is not empty, add it.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifx\@empty\dirprefix
- \else
- \edef#1{\xmeaning\dirprefix\allowbreak#1}%
- \fi
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\printtitle}
-% Function to typeset the title of the current file.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\printtitle{%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% This \cw{bigskip} will be discarded following \tex/'s normal rules
-% if each file starts on a new page or column.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \bigskip
- \centerline{%
- \csname\titlefont\titlefontsize\endcsname
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Add an \cw{allowbreak} between directory and filename if an
-% explicit directory is included in the given file name.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \chopname\thisfilename
-% \end{macrocode}
-% If the interword stretch of \cw{titlefont} is 0, then it is
-% [almost surely] a tt font. But otherwise, special handling is
-% required in order to make sure that the characters
-% \verb/_ < > \ { | } ~/ print OK.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifdim\fontdimen3\font=\z@
- \csname\titlecase\endcsname
- \xp@{\thisfilename}%
- \else
- \csname\titlecase\endcsname
- \xp@{\xp@
- \nonttfont\xp@{\thisfilename}}%
- \fi
- }% end \centerline
-% \end{macrocode}
-% If new file doesn't start a new column, use a smaller space below
-% the title than would otherwise be used.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \if S\newfileoption \smallskip
- \else\bigskip\fi
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\newfileoption}
-% Variable that selects the desired action at the beginning of a
-% new file.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\newfileoption{P}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \mjd{Is \cw{eject} defined in LaTeX?}
-% \begin{macro}{\newfileS}
-% Option S (space): Tack on the next file immediately after the
-% previous one, without even ending the current column (unless
-% there are only a couple of lines of space left on it). Assumes
-% that \cw{printtitle} will add some vertical space.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\newfileS{%
- \dimen@\pagegoal \advance\dimen@-\pagetotal
- \ifdim\dimen@<3\baselineskip
- \xp@\eject\fi
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\newfileC}
-% Option C: Finish the current column.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\newfileC{\vfil\eject}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\newfileP}
-% Option P: Force a new page (= sheet of paper).
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\newfileP{%
- \vfil\eject
- \loop
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Repeat until \cs{curcol} resets to 1.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifnum\curcol>\@ne
- \hbox to\colwd{%
- \vrule width\z@ depth\vsize\hfil}%
- \eject
- \repeat
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\newfileR}
-% Option R: Force right-hand column (\cw{totalcols} = 2 assumed).
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\newfileR{\vfil\eject
- \ifnum\curcol=\@ne
- \hbox to\colwd{%
- \vrule width\z@ depth\vsize\hfil}%
- \xp@\eject
- \fi
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% \section{Line numbering}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\linenumberfreq}
-% \begin{macro}{\linecount}
-% \begin{macro}{\linesubcount}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcount\linenumberfreq \linenumberfreq=1
-\newcount\linecount
-\newcount\linesubcount
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\printlinenumber}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\printlinenumber{\llap{%
- \global\advance\linecount\@ne
- \global\advance\linesubcount\@ne
- \ifnum\linesubcount=\linenumberfreq
- \lnfnt \the\linecount\space
- \global\linesubcount\z@
- \fi
-}}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\spacebreak}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\spacebreak{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\markedbreak}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\markedbreak{\penalty\z@}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\noextralinebreaks}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\noextralinebreaks=\TRUE
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\newunnumberedline}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\newunnumberedline{\hskip\rightskip \egroup
- \box\z@ \controlLbreak
- \setbox\z@\hbox to\hsize\bgroup}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\newnumberedline}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\newnumberedline{%
- \newunnumberedline\printlinenumber}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\unnumberedbreakingline}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\unnumberedbreakingline{\relax
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \cw{noindent} \cw{unhbox}0 \cw{endgraf} produces only \cw{parskip}
-% if box 0 is empty, when what we really want is a full baselineskip
-% (a blank line) because box 0 empty means two consecutive \ctrl{M}
-% characters; so we check if box0 is empty by looking at
-% \cw{lastpenalty} to see if it is the same as the penalty that we
-% added at the beginning and if so throw in a \cw{null} to make sure
-% the line won't disappear.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifnum\lastpenalty=\@ne \null\fi
- \hskip\rightskip\egroup
- \hfuzz \p@
- \noindent\unhbox\z@ %
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Notice that the normal \tex/ action at end of paragraph will
-% remove the \cw{hskip} that was added before the \cw{egroup} of the
-% \cw{setbox} operation. We also employ a hangindent of 1em to give
-% some indication of line breaks, if they occur.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- {\hangindent1em
- \parfillskip\z@ plus1fil \endgraf}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% We need to prevent overfull rules from being added inside at the
-% end of the \cw{hbox}, because there's no way to break off the rule
-% from the end of the horizontal list once it gets in there.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \hfuzz\maxdimen
- \controlLbreak
- \setbox\z@\hbox to\hsize\bgroup \penalty\@ne
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\numberedbreakingline}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\numberedbreakingline{%
- \unnumberedbreakingline\printlinenumber}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\@sptoken}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\lowercase{\let\@sptoken= } %
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\CR}
-% Action performed at end of line. Can vary according to whether
-% line numbers are wanted and whether overlong lines are allowed to
-% break.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\CR\newunnumberedline
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\CRSPsetup}
-%
-% Setup for carriage returns and spaces. We need to prevent spaces
-% from disappearing at the beginning of a line, and also optionally
-% prevent line breaks.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\CRSPsetup{%
- \setupbreakingchars
- \if\noextralinebreaks
- \overrun\rightmargin
-% \end{macrocode}
-% NOTE: the space after the \qc{\=} is mandatory because of the way
-% \cw{@sptoken} is defined:
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \actively\let\ = \@sptoken\relax
- \if\linenumbers
- \let\CR\newnumberedline
- \else
- \let\CR\newunnumberedline
- \fi
- \else
- \actively\edef\ {\spacebreak\space}%
- \if\linenumbers
- \let\CR\numberedbreakingline
- \else
- \let\CR\unnumberedbreakingline
- \fi
- \fi
- \actively\let\^^M\CR
- \rightskip\z@ plus\hsize minus\overrun
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Parfillskip not needed, \cw{rightskip} suffices.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \parfillskip\z@skip
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% \section{Main printing function}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\listout}
-% The \cw{listout} function takes a file name argument, the name of
-% a file to be printed verbatim.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\listout#1{\endgraf
- \begingroup
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Setup that may not need to be done for each file. If
-% \cw{interactive} is \cw{TRUE}, this is reset to no-op since it's
-% not possible for the user to change any settings between files.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \listoutsetup
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Convert \qarg{1} to all category 12 characters using \cw{meaning}.
-% This prevents problems when we print the file name if it contains
-% things like \qc{\$} or \qc{\_} characters.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \gdef\thisfilename{#1}%
- \xdef\thisfilename{\xmeaning\thisfilename}%
- \if\printtitles \printtitle \fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Setup up needing to be redone for each file, or that only applies
-% to the body of the file, not to the title.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \listoutmoresetup
- \CRSPsetup
- \hfuzz\maxdimen
- \setbox\z@\hbox to\hsize\bgroup \penalty\@ne
- \input#1 \hfil\egroup
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Ignore the final contents of box 0 since they are just the (null)
-% material between the file-ending \qc{\^^M} and the above
-% \cs{egroup}.
-%
-% Reset \cw{hfuzz} to normal in case temporary value of
-% \cw{maxdimen} persists somehow.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \hfuzz\p@
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Add a penalty to force \cw{pagetotal} to be updated with the
-% height of the preceding line.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \penalty0 %
- \csname newfile\newfileoption\endcsname
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Ensure that everything gets shipped out even if this is the last
-% file in a noninteractive use of \fn{listout.tex} (where control may
-% return after the \cw{endgroup} to a different output routine).
-% This is a complicated question. The \cw{patchoutput} possibility
-% to make this work from inside a larger macro package is commented
-% out until such time as it can be done right.[mjd,21-Sep-1993]
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifvoid\prevcolsbox
- \else
- \savelistoutimage
-%{\tracingonline=1 \showboxbreadth=\maxdimen
-% \showboxdepth=9 \showbox\prevcolsbox}%
-% \afterfi\patchoutput
- \fi
- \endgroup }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\patchedoutputroutine}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%\let\patchedoutputroutine\FALSE
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\patchoutput}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%\def\patchoutput#1{% #1 to remove the \endgroup
-% \endgroup
-% \relax\if\patchedoutputroutine
-% \else
-% \global\let\patchedoutputroutine\TRUE
-% \edef\next{%
-% \output{%
-% \box\prevcolsbox
-% \global\holdinginserts\the\holdinginserts\relax
-% \unvbox255 \relax
-% \global\let\nx@\patchedoutputroutine\nx@\FALSE
-%% Restore the previous output routine. Interestingly,
-%% \cw{the}\cw{output} returns an extra pair of braces
-%% (as hinted at in the \tex/book); so the extra step
-%% with \cw{toks@} here is slightly better than simply
-%% \cw{global}\cw{output}{\cw{the}\cw{output}}.
-% \toks@{\the\output}%
-% \global\nx@\xp@\output\nx@\the\toks@
-% }%
-%%\showthe\output
-% }%
-% \global\holdinginserts1
-% \fi
-% \next}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\savelistoutimage}
-% For \cw{listoutimage} we only need to save those parameters that
-% are used when shipping out a page.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\savelistoutimage{%
- \xdef\listoutimage{%
- \let\nx@\landscape%
- \if\landscape\nx@\TRUE
- \else\nx@\FALSE\fi
- \pawd\the\pawd \paht\the\paht
- \topmargin\the\topmargin
- \bottommargin\the\bottommargin
- \leftmargin\the\leftmargin
- \rightmargin\the\rightmargin
- \normalbaselineskip\the\normalbaselineskip
- \normalbaselines
- \mathchardef\curcol\number\curcol\relax
- \chardef\totalcols\number\totalcols\relax
- \colwd\the\colwd \colht\the\colht
- \fullwd\the\fullwd
- \intercolspace\the\intercolspace
- \overrun\the\overrun
- \def\nx@\todaysdate{\todaysdate}%
- \def\nx@\nowtime{\nowtime}%
- \def\nx@\pagenumberfont{\pagenumberfont}%
- \def\nx@\pagenumberfontsize{%
- \pagenumberfontsize}
- \pageno\the\pageno
- \lastpageno\the\lastpageno
- \firstpageno\the\firstpageno
- \def\nx@\hfwd{\hfwd}%
- \def\nx@\thisfilename{\thisfilename}%
- \let\nx@\runheads%
- \if\runheads\nx@\TRUE
- \else\nx@\FALSE\fi
- \runhead{\the\runhead}%
- \def\nx@\runheadfont{\runheadfont}%
- \def\nx@\runheadfontsize{%
- \runheadfontsize}%
- \runheadht\the\runheadht
- \let\nx@\runfeet%
- \if\runfeet\nx@\TRUE
- \else\nx@\FALSE\fi
- \runfoot{\the\runfoot}%
- \def\nx@\runfootfont{\runfootfont}%
- \def\nx@\runfootfontsize{%
- \runfootfontsize}%
- \runfootht\the\runfootht
- \hoffset\the\hoffset \voffset\the\voffset
- \relax
- }%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\reportlayout}
-% Some of the line breaks in the following code are merely to
-% facilitate printing the documentation in narrow columns.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\fxmesj\reportlayout{
-Using paper size &\the&\pawd x &\the&\paht%
- (&\paperwidth x &\paperheight),
-&\number&\totalcols columns, intercolumnspace%
- = &\the&\intercolspace,
-column width = &\the&\colwd, column height%
- = &\the&\colht,
-top margin = &\the&\topmargin, left margin%
- = &\the&\leftmargin.
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\listoutsetup}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\listoutsetup{%
- \output{\Ncols}%
- \loadfonts
- \csname\mainfont\mainfontsize\endcsname
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Preexpand line number font for faster execution, since it is
-% repeated on every line if line numbering is turned on.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \xp@\let\xp@\lnfnt
- \csname\linenumberfont
- \linenumberfontsize\endcsname
- \normalbaselines
- \if\dependentcolht
- \if\dependentbottommargin \computebc
- \else \computec\fi
- \else
- \computeb
- \fi
- \vsize\colht
- \parskip \z@\relax
- \if\dependentcolwd
- \if\dependentrightmargin \computerfc
- \else \computefc \fi
- \else
- \computefr
- \fi
- \hsize\colwd
- \parindent\z@
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Reduce the size of \cw{overfullrule} so that if a too-long line
-% overprints, there is a better chance to read what lies underneath
-% at the end. But we still get visual identification of overlong
-% lines.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifdim\overfullrule>\z@ \overfullrule 2\p@\fi
- \setupheadlineandfootline
- \datesetup
- \voffset\m@ne truein \hoffset\voffset
- \advance\voffset\topmargin \advance\hoffset\leftmargin
- \setbox\charboxstrut\hbox{%
- \vrule height.5emwidth\z@}%
- \inittabs
-% \end{macrocode}
-% If extra line breaks are allowed, we want to avoid page breaks in
-% the middle of something that was originally one line. Setting
-% \cw{clubpenalty} and \cw{widowpenalty} to these values means that a
-% line will have to break into four lines or more before a page
-% break will be allowed, and always the first two and last two line
-% pieces will remain together. But we don't prohibit page breaks
-% within a broken line entirely (\cw{interlinepenalty} = 10000)
-% because that might be undesirable in extreme cases.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \clubpenalty\@M \widowpenalty\@M
- \count@12\relax
- \def\do##1{\catcode`##1\count@ \do}%
- \xp@\do\otherchars{a11 \@gobbletwo}%
- \count@\active
- \xp@\do\controlchars{a11 \@gobbletwo}%
- \the\controlcharassignments
- \global\let\controlchar\controlchara
- \if L\controlLaction
- \actively\let\^^L\linespaceL
- \else
- \if N\controlLaction
- \actively\let\^^L\ejectL
- \fi
- \fi
- \the\csname high\eightbitaction SCIIassignments\endcsname
- \global\let\unknownchar\unknownchara
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Standard disablement of \verb/?`/ and \verb/!`/ ligatures found in
-% \fn{cmtt} fonts:
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \actively\def\`{\kern\z@`}%
- \hfuzz\p@
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\linespaceL}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\linespaceL{\message{Found a ^L character}\CR}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\ejectL}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\ejectL{%
- \message{Found a ^L character}%
- \gdef\controlLbreak{\eject}\CR\global\let\controlLbreak\relax
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\controlLbreak}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\controlLbreak\relax
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\controlLaction}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-% Define form-feed to do a `newcolumn' operation. Remove outerness
-% at the same time. Possible actions for \cw{controlLaction} are B,
-% L, N: print boxed character, print one-line space, or start new
-% column/page.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\controlLaction{N}
-\actively\let\^^L=\ejectL
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\listoutmoresetup}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\listoutmoresetup{%
- \global\linecount\z@ \global\linesubcount\z@
- \ifnum\totalcols>\@ne
- \global\firstpageno\@ne
- \global\lastpageno\@ne
- \fi
- \relax
- \frenchspacing
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Define tab to be visible.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \global\let\printtab\newfileprinttab
- \actively\def\^^I{\printtab}%
- \langnohyphens
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\DVImesj}
-% \cw{DVImesj} remains null unless the test at the
-% entry point for the menu system to see if \fn{listout} is being
-% run interactively returns true.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\DVImesj{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\landscapereminder}
-% Here once again a couple of extra line breaks will be observed in
-% the printed documentation, introduced to avoid margin overrun in
-% narrow-column printing.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\fxmesj\landscapereminder{%
-********************************************%
-***********************
-* REMINDER: print in LANDSCAPE mode %
- *
-********************************************%
-***********************}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\listoutfinish}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\listoutfinish{%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% If part of the last file is pending in \cw{prevcolsbox}, we need
-% to make sure we print it here.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifvoid\prevcolsbox
- \else
- \wlog{Clearing out previous file}%
- \begingroup
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Reset parameters that were turned off by the \cw{endgroup} in
-% \cw{listout}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \listoutimage \output{\Ncols}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Change newfile action to `new page', then run it, so that we fill
-% out the page with blank columns if necessary.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \def\newfileoption{P}%
- \hbox to\colwd{}%
- \csname newfile\newfileoption\endcsname
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Message about the name of the DVI file
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \DVImesj
-% \end{macrocode}
-% If \cw{landscape} switch is true, reminder to use the `landscape'
-% switch of the DVI driver.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \if\landscape
-% \end{macrocode}
-% For those drivers that can handle it (\fn{dvips}, \ldots ?), this
-% \cw{special} command is convenient to have in every job.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-% \cw{special}{landscape}%
- \landscapereminder
- \fi
- \endgroup
- \fi
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% \section{Fonts}
-% \begin{macro}{\xfont}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\xfont#1={%
- \xp@\font\csname#1\endcsname=}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\ftypewriter}\begin{macro}{\fbold}
-% \begin{macro}{\froman}\begin{macro}{\fitalic}
-% \begin{macro}{\fsansserif}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\ftypewriter{cmtt}
-\def\fbold{cmbx}
-\def\froman{cmr}
-\def\fitalic{cmti}
-\def\fsansserif{cmss}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\loadfont}
-% Load the given font. Args \qarg{1} and \qarg{2} are the
-% descriptive name and the type size, respectively.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\loadfont#1#2{%
- \relax\ifnum#2>100 \loadscaledfont{#1}{#2}%
- \else
- \global\xfont#1#2=\csname f#1\endcsname
- \ifnum#2=14 10 scaled\magstep2
- \else\ifnum#2=12 10 scaled\magstep1
- \else\ifnum#2=11 10 scaled\magstephalf
- \else#2\fi\fi\fi
- \relax
- \fi
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\loadscaledfont}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\loadscaledfont#1#2{\global\xfont#1#2=#1 scaled #2\relax}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% Default font is cmtt8. Note that cmtt7 and cmtt6 are not
-% standardly available to all users.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\loadfont{typewriter}{8} % for main text
-\loadfont{bold}{10} % for titles
-\loadfont{roman}{5} % for line numbers
-\loadfont{roman}{6} % for running heads
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\mainfont}
-% \begin{macro}{\mainfontsize}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\mainfont{typewriter}
-\def\mainfontsize{8}
-\csname\mainfont\mainfontsize\endcsname
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\titlefont}
-% \begin{macro}{\titlefontsize}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\titlefont{bold}
-\def\titlefontsize{10}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\linenumberfont}
-% \begin{macro}{\linenumberfontsize}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\linenumberfont{typewriter}
-\def\linenumberfontsize{8}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\pagenumberfont}
-% \begin{macro}{\pagenumberfontsize}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\pagenumberfont{bold}
-\def\pagenumberfontsize{7}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\runheadfont}
-% \begin{macro}{\runheadfontsize}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\runheadfont{roman}
-\def\runheadfontsize{7}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\runfootfont}
-% \begin{macro}{\runfootfontsize}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\runfootfont{roman}
-\def\runfootfontsize{7}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\loadfonts}
-% \cw{loadfonts} is called just before the start of typesetting, to
-% ensure that any needed fonts will be loaded. In fact, for maximum
-% flexibility, it is called at the beginning of each file that is
-% printed, so that if you use this utility in non-interactive mode
-% with a sequence of \cw{listout} commands you could conceivably
-% change fonts between files.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\loadfonts{\relax
- \xp@\ifx\csname\mainfont\mainfontsize\endcsname\relax
- \loadfont\mainfont\mainfontsize
- \fi
- \xp@\ifx\csname\pagenumberfont
- \pagenumberfontsize\endcsname\relax
- \loadfont\pagenumberfont\pagenumberfontsize
- \fi
- \if\printtitles
- \xp@\ifx\csname\titlefont
- \titlefontsize\endcsname\relax
- \loadfont\titlefont\titlefontsize
- \fi
- \fi
- \if\linenumbers
- \xp@\ifx\csname\linenumberfont
- \linenumberfontsize\endcsname\relax
- \loadfont\linenumberfont\linenumberfontsize
- \fi
- \fi
- \if\runheads
- \xp@\ifx\csname\runheadfont
- \runheadfontsize\endcsname\relax
- \loadfont\runheadfont\runheadfontsize
- \fi
- \fi
- \if\runfeet
- \xp@\ifx\csname\runfootfont
- \runfootfontsize\endcsname\relax
- \loadfont\runfootfont\runfootfontsize
- \fi
- \fi
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% \section{Miscellaneous}
-%
-% Trace memory statistics to see how close to typical limits we are
-% coming.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\tracingstats=1
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% Language with no hyphenation patterns, to inhibit hyphenation.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ifx\undefined\language
- \def\langnohyphens{\hyphenchar\font\m@ne}
-\else
- \xp@\ifx\csname newlanguage\endcsname\relax
- \def\langnohyphens{\language\@cclv}
- \else
- \csname newlanguage\endcsname
- \nohyphenslanguage
- \def\langnohyphens{%
- \language\nohyphenslanguage}%
- \fi
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\setupbreakingchars}
-% Function to make the characters specified by \cw{breakingchars}
-% active. The break penalty goes after the character.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\setupbreakingchars{%
- \ifx\breakingchars\@empty
- \ifx\spacebreak\@empty
- \let\noextralinebreaks\TRUE
- \else
- \let\noextralinebreaks\FALSE
- \fi
- \else
- \let\noextralinebreaks\FALSE
- \def\do##1{\ifx\end##1\else
- \xp@\actively\xp@
- \def\csname##1\endcsname{##1\markedbreak}%
- \xp@\do\fi}%
- \xp@\do\breakingchars\end
- \let\spacebreak\markedbreak
- \fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% No line breaks allowed after hyphens.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \exhyphenpenalty\@M
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\iwlos}
-% Function to write a line to the \fn{.los} file. The argument
-% \qarg{1} may vary in order to achieve special effects.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\iwlos#1{\immediate\write#1}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\storexmesj\losfirstline{%
-\% &\losname.los &\todaysdate &\nowtime
-\% Option settings for listout.tex.}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\addmonth}
-% An auxiliary function to add month names to \cw{toks2}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\addmonth#1{%
- \toks4 \xp@{#1}%
- \edef\next{\the\toks2
- \string\def\string#1{\the\toks4 }}%
- \toks2 \xp@{\next}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\begingroup
-\endlinechar13 \catcode\endlinechar13
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\logoptionsettings}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\gdef\logoptionsettings#1{\begingroup%
- \newlinechar13\relax\actively\let\^^M\relax%
- \toks2 {}%
- \addmonth\Jan \addmonth\Feb \addmonth\Mar%
- \toks2 \xp@{\the\toks2\relax
- }%
- \addmonth\Apr \addmonth\May \addmonth\Jun%
- \toks2 \xp@{\the\toks2\relax
- }%
- \addmonth\Jul \addmonth\Aug \addmonth\Sep%
- \toks2 \xp@{\the\toks2\relax
- }%
- \addmonth\Oct \addmonth\Nov \addmonth\Dec%
- \iwlos{#1}{%
- \losfirstline
- \the\toks2\relax
- }%
- \iwlos{#1}{%
- \string\let\string\landscape=%
- \if\landscape\string\TRUE
- \else\string\FALSE\fi
- \string\pawd=\the\pawd
- \string\def\string\paperwidth{\paperwidth}
- \string\paht=\the\paht
- \string\def\string\paperheight{\paperheight}
- \string\topmargin=\the\topmargin
- \string\bottommargin=\the\bottommargin
- \string\leftmargin=\the\leftmargin
- \string\rightmargin=\the\rightmargin
- \string\normalbaselineskip=%
- \the\normalbaselineskip\string\relax
- \string\def\string\mainfontsize{\mainfontsize}
- \string\def\string\mainfont{\mainfont}
- \string\chardef\string\totalcols=%
- \number\totalcols\string\relax
- \string\colwd=\the\colwd
- \string\def\string\columnwidth{\columnwidth}
- \string\let\string\dependentcolwd=%
- \if\dependentcolwd\string\TRUE
- \else\string\FALSE\fi
- \string\let\string\dependentrightmargin=%
- \if\dependentrightmargin\string\TRUE
- \else\string\FALSE\fi
- \string\colht=\the\colht
- \string\def\string\columnheight{\columnheight}
- \string\let\string\dependentcolht=%
- \if\dependentcolht\string\TRUE
- \else\string\FALSE\fi
- \string\let\string\dependentbottommargin=%
- \if\dependentbottommargin\string\TRUE
- \else\string\FALSE\fi
- \string\intercolspace=\the\intercolspace
- \string\overrun=\the\overrun
- \string\fullwd=\the\fullwd
- }%
- \iwlos{#1}{%
- \string\def\string\newfileoption{%
- \newfileoption}
- \string\let\string\printtitles=%
- \if\printtitles\string\TRUE
- \else\string\FALSE\fi
- \string\def\string\titlefont{\titlefont}
- \string\def\string\titlefontsize{%
- \titlefontsize}
- \string\def\string\titlecase{\titlecase}
- \string\def\string\datesepchar{\datesepchar}
- \string\def\string\todaysdate{%
- \xp@\string\todaysdate}
- \string\def\string\nowtime{%
- \xp@\string\nowtime}
- \string\def\string\timesepchar{\timesepchar}
- \string\def\string\ampmpunct{\ampmpunct}
- \string\let\string\keepleadingzeros=%
- \if\keepleadingzeros\string\TRUE
- \else\string\FALSE\fi
- \string\def\string\linenumberfontsize{%
- \linenumberfontsize}
- \string\def\string\linenumberfont{%
- \linenumberfont}
- \string\let\string\linenumbers=%
- \if\linenumbers\string\TRUE
- \else\string\FALSE\fi
- \string\linenumberfreq=%
- \number\linenumberfreq\string\relax
- \string\def\string\pagenumberfont{%
- \pagenumberfont}
- \string\def\string\pagenumberfontsize{%
- \pagenumberfontsize}
- \string\let\string\runheads=%
- \if\runheads\string\TRUE
- \else\string\FALSE\fi
- \string\runhead={\the\runhead}
- \string\def\string\runheadfont{\runheadfont}
- \string\def\string\runheadfontsize{%
- \runheadfontsize}
- \string\runheadht=\the\runheadht
- \string\let\string\runfeet=%
- \if\runfeet\string\TRUE\else\string\FALSE\fi
- \string\runfoot={\the\runfoot}
- \string\def\string\runfootfont{\runfootfont}
- \string\def\string\runfootfontsize{%
- \runfootfontsize}
- \string\runfootht=\the\runfootht
- \string\def\string\spacebreak{\spacebreak}
- \string\def\string\breakingchars{%
- \breakingchars}
- \string\let\string\noextralinebreaks=%
- \if\noextralinebreaks\string\TRUE
- \else\string\FALSE\fi
- \string\def\string\controlLaction{\controlLaction}
- \string\def\string\eightbitaction{\eightbitaction}
- \string\def\string\systemtype{\systemtype}
- \string\def\string\losdir{\losdir}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \cw{storemesj} is use here instead of \cw{def}, to prevent
-% potential problems from, \eg.,
-%
-%^^V \def\dirprefix{c:\test\}
-%
-% \noindent with {\sc PC DOS} directory name ending with a backslash.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \string\storemesj\string\dirprefix{\dirprefix}
- \string\chardef\string\spacespertab=%
- \number\spacespertab\string\relax
- \string\chardef\string\tabselect=%
- \number\tabselect\string\relax
-}\endgroup}%
-\endgroup% percent to avoid catcode 12 endlinechar
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% \section{Default option settings}
-% These defaults will be used only if \fn{default.los} cannot
-% be loaded for some reason.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-% Option settings for listout.tex, 1994/11/4 15:45
-\def\Jan{January}\def\Feb{February}\def\Mar{March}\relax
-\def\Apr{April}\def\May{May}\def\Jun{June}\relax
-\def\Jul{July}\def\Aug{August}\def\Sep{September}\relax
-\def\Oct{October}\def\Nov{November}\def\Dec{December}\relax
-\let\landscape=\TRUE
-\pawd=794.96999pt
-\def\paperwidth{11in}
-\paht=614.295pt
-\def\paperheight{8.5in}
-\topmargin=18.06749pt
-\bottommargin=19.22751pt
-\leftmargin=21.68121pt
-\rightmargin=21.68121pt
-\normalbaselineskip=10.0pt\relax
-\def\mainfontsize{10}
-\def\mainfont{typewriter}
-\chardef\totalcols=2\relax
-\colwd=369.38373pt
-\def\columnwidth{369.38373pt}
-\let\dependentcolwd=\TRUE
-\let\dependentrightmargin=\TRUE
-\colht=577.0pt
-\def\columnheight{64 lines}
-\let\dependentcolht=\TRUE
-\let\dependentbottommargin=\TRUE
-\intercolspace=12.0pt
-\overrun=21.68121pt
-\fullwd=751.60756pt
-\def\newfileoption{P}
-\let\printtitles=\TRUE
-\def\titlefont{bold}
-\def\titlefontsize{10}
-\def\titlecase{none}
-\def\datesepchar{/}
-\def\todaysdate{\dateA}
-\def\nowtime{\timeB}
-\def\timesepchar{:}
-\def\ampmpunct{.}
-\let\keepleadingzeros=\TRUE
-\def\linenumberfontsize{5}
-\def\linenumberfont{roman}
-\let\linenumbers=\FALSE
-\linenumberfreq=1\relax
-\def\pagenumberfont{bold}
-\def\pagenumberfontsize{7}
-\let\runheads=\TRUE
-\runhead={\todaysdate \space \nowtime \space \hfil
- \thisfilename \space \hfil \pagenumber }
-\def\runheadfont{roman}
-\def\runheadfontsize{7}
-\runheadht=24.0pt
-\let\runfeet=\FALSE
-\runfoot={}
-\def\runfootfont{roman}
-\def\runfootfontsize{6}
-\runfootht=24.0pt
-\def\spacebreak{\penalty \z@ }
-\def\breakingchars{}
-\let\noextralinebreaks=\FALSE
-\def\controlLaction{N}
-\def\systemtype{DOS}
-\def\losdir{}
-\storemesj\dirprefix{}
-\chardef\spacespertab=8\relax
-\chardef\tabselect=1\relax
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% Read in the option settings file.
-%
-% In order to make do in narrow column width, we print a doctored
-% version of the following source code, with a few extra line
-% breaks thrown in. The comment at the end of the \cw{input} line,
-% seen here on two lines, is really all on one line in the source.
-%
-%^^V \immediate\write16{%
-%^^V Reading option settings from `default.los' . . .}
-%^^V \input default.los % try entering "nul" if
-%^^V % file not found
-%
-% \iffalse
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\losname{default}
-\edef\losfile{\losdir\losname.los }
-\openin15=\losfile \relax
-\ifeof15 \closein15 \expandafter\@gobbletwo
-\else
-\immediate\write16{Reading option settings from `\losname.los' . . .}
-\closein15 \fi
-\input\losfile % try entering "nul" if file not found
-\datesetup
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \fi
-%
-% Now transfer \cw{normalbaselineskip} value to \cw{baselineskip}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\normalbaselines
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% \section{Test for interactive mode}
-% If interactive mode is detected, then the possibility of entering
-% the menu system will be offered to the user. Otherwise we will
-% skip all the loading of the menu system, to save time and main
-% memory.
-%
-% If \cw{interactive} is undefined {\em and\/} \cw{jobname} does
-% not equal \verb"listout", then we set the \cw{interactive} switch
-% to \cw{FALSE}. Otherwise we set it to \cw{TRUE}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ifx\undefined\interactive
-% \end{macrocode}
-% If \cw{interactive} was not predefined, then check to see if
-% jobname = \verb"listout". In that case assume \cw{interactive}
-% mode is wanted.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \def\next{listout}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Convert the letters inside \cw{next} to category 12, for
-% comparison to \cw{jobname}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \edef\next{\xmeaning\next}%
- \edef\jobname{\jobname}%
- \ifx\next\jobname
- \let\interactive\TRUE
- \else
- \let\interactive\FALSE
- \fi
-\else
- \let\interactive\TRUE
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% Note that the following \cw{fi} must be on the same line as the
-% \cw{endinput}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\if\interactive
-\else \restorecatcodes \endinput \fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% \newpage
-% \section{Final preparations}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\printfiles}
-% If the menu system is not needed, we want to skip all the loading
-% of it. So we define a function \cw{printfiles} which can be
-% executed either before or after loading the menu
-% system. If the user doesn't choose to enter the menu system, then
-% executing \cw{printfiles} will carry the current \tex/ run to
-% completion and the remainder of \fn{listout.tex}, comprising all
-% the menu system, will be ignored. Otherwise \cw{printfiles} will be
-% called later, after leaving the menu system.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\printfiles{%\reportlayout
- \mesj{OK, let's print some files.}%
- \begingroup
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Execute and clear \cw{listoutsetup} to avoid unnecessary
-% repetition in multiple-file runs.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \listoutsetup \let\listoutsetup\relax
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Prompt for file names and print files until the user enters an
-% empty file name.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \fileloop
- \endgroup
- \listoutfinish
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Execute \latex/ \cw{@@end} first; if it is not defined, then \tex/
-% will proceed to execute the other \cw{end}. This enables
-% the \fn{listout} utility to work both with \latex/ and plain \tex/.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \csname \string @\string @end\endcsname
- \end
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\numberoffiles}
-% Keep track of the number of files printed so that an
-% informational message can be sent at the end of the run.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcount\numberoffiles
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\fileloop}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\fileloop{%
- \promptmesj{!File name? (<return> to stop): }%
- \readline{}\reply
- \ifx\reply\@empty
- \else
- \global\advance\numberoffiles 1 \relax
- \afterfi
- \xp@\listout\xp@{\reply}%
- \fileloop
- \fi
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\DVImesj}
-% If \cw{jobname} = \fn{listout} then the final star in the middle
-% line will line up properly.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\fxmesj\DVImesj{%
-*******************************************************************
-* DVI file name is \jobname.dvi *
-*******************************************************************}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\mesj{
-:---------------------------------------------------------------------
-: This is listout.tex: a tool for printing out `verbatim' listings of
-: text files with reasonably robust, and customizable, handling of
-: overlong lines, tab characters and other special characters, number
-: of columns, font size/line spacing, et cetera.
-:---------------------------------------------------------------------
-: For additional information (e.g., about noninteractive use), or to
-: change option settings, enter
-: m or M
-: to enter the listout.tex menu system. Otherwise just press the
-: <return> key to continue:
-:}
-\message{:?: }
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% Don't put up the full menu unless it's requested. Use
-% \cw{expandafter} to throw the \cw{printfiles} command beyond the
-% \cw{fi}, since it will end the job.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\readChar{X}\reply
-\if M\reply \else\xp@\printfiles\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\message{Starting up the listout.tex menu system . . .}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \section{Menu system startup}
-% Some of the following definitions merely reiterate defaults from
-% \fn{menus.sty}, for the record.
-% \begin{macro}{\menuprefix}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\storexmesj\menuprefix{
-======================================================================
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\menusuffix}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\storexmesj\menusuffix{
- Q Quit X Exit ? Help
-======================================================================
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\inmenuA}
-% \begin{macro}{\inmenuB}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\storexmesj\inmenuA{
-}
-\storexmesj\inmenuB{
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\menuhelpmesj}
-%
-% Add more to the standard help message defined by \fn{menus.sty}.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\fxmesj\menuhelpmesj{%
-======================================================================
---- <return> means the carriage return, or `Enter', key.
---- When selecting items from a menu with letter labels, you can enter
-your choice in lowercase or uppercase.
---- A prompt that asks for `TeX units' requires in response a
-measurement using the units recognized by TeX, for example
-
- cm mm in pt pc dd cc
-
---- A response of Q will usually send you back to the previous menu.
---- A response of X will get you entirely out of the menu system.
-======================================================================
-To continue, press the <return> key . . .}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\confirm}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\confirm#1{\xmesj{\
-* #1}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\mainmenu}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\fmenu\mainmenu{
- MAIN MENU
-}{
-A Action for new files L Line numbers
-B Breaking lines M Margins
-C Column width/height N Number of columns
-D Date/time form O Orientation
-E Expectoration P Paper size
-F Font, line spacing R Running heads/feet
-G General information S System info
-H Heading/title for each file T Tab treatment
-I Info about current settings V Various other things
-}{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moption}
-% The command \cw{moption} without any menu-letter suffixes is the
-% main menu presentation function.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moption{\mainmenu \readChar{Q}\reply
- \let\prevmenu\@empty \let\curmenu\@empty \optionexec\reply}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \write16{Page \thepage: full menu printout begins here; you might}
-% \write16{want to omit these pages when printing, to save paper.}
-%
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% \subsection{Option A}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\menuA}
-% Submenu for selecting various new file actions.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\fmenu\menuA#1{
-The various actions possible at the beginning of a new file are:
-}{
-S Space (one line of blank space, but not a new column,
- at the beginning of each new file)
-C New column
-P New page
-R New page and right-hand column
-}{
-These options are mutually exclusive. The currently selected option
-is #1. See also option H in the main menu.
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionA}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionA{\menuA{\newfileoption}%
- \readChar{Q}\reply \optionexec\reply}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionAS}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionAS{\def\newfileoption{S}%
- \confirm{%
- Each file will start immediately after the preceding file, with\
-* some intervening blank space.}%
- \popoptions\moptionQ}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionAC}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionAC{\def\newfileoption{C}%
- \confirm{%
- Each file will start at the top of the next column.}%
- \popoptions\moptionQ}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionAP}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionAP{\def\newfileoption{P}%
- \confirm{%
- Each file will start on a new page.}%
- \popoptions\moptionQ}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionAR}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionAR{\def\newfileoption{R}%
- \confirm{%
- Each file will start on a new page, in the right-hand column.}
- \popoptions\moptionQ}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% \subsection{Option B}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\menuBtest}
-% Line breaking.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\menuBtest{%
- \ifx\spacebreak\@empty
- \ifx\breakingchars\@empty
-Long lines will not be broken.%
- \else
-Extra line breaks will be allowed after the characters\
-\
-\ \ \ \ \ \breakingchars\
- \ifdim\overrun=\z@
- \else\
-(with overrun of \the\overrun\space allowed).%
- \fi
- \fi
- \else
- \ifx\breakingchars\@empty
-Extra line breaks will be allowed at spaces.%
- \else
-Extra line breaks will be allowed at spaces and\
-after the characters\
-\
-\ \ \ \ \ \breakingchars\
- \fi
- \ifdim\overrun=\z@
- \else\
-(with overrun of \the\overrun\space allowed).%
- \fi
- \fi
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\menuB}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\fxmenu\menuB{
-Files being printed sometimes contain unusually long lines.
-You can choose the action that will be taken for overlong lines:
-}{
-N No line breaking allowed
-S Allow breaks at spaces only
-C Allow line breaks at other characters
-O Change the overrun amount
-}{
-Current setting: &\menuBtest
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionB}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionB{\lettermenu{B}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionBS}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionBS{%
- \let\spacebreak\markedbreak \let\breakingchars\@empty
- \overrun\rightmargin \let\noextralinebreaks\FALSE
- \confirm{\menuBtest}\popoptions\moptionQ
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionBN}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionBN{%
- \let\spacebreak\@empty \let\breakingchars\@empty
- \overrun=\rightmargin
- \confirm{\menuBtest}\popoptions\moptionQ
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionBO}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionBO{%
- \promptmesj{Desired overrun value [TeX units] ? }%
- \readline{Q}\reply
- \if\xoptiontest\reply
- \else
- \checkdimen\reply\dimen@
- \ifdim\dimen@=-\maxdimen
- \else
- \overrun\reply\relax
- \confirm{New overrun value = \the\overrun.}%
- \def\reply{Q}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \optionexec\reply
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionBC}
-% One reason for automatically adding the space character to the
-% list of breaking chars is that otherwise we would have to caution
-% the user against typing the space at the end of the line when
-% responding to the prompt; since \tex/ removes character 32 at the
-% end of a line, we have no way of finding out whether one was
-% typed there or not.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionBC{%
- \xmesj{%
-Enter a list of characters. Line breaks will be allowed after any\
-character in the list.\
-Note: if this list is nonempty breaks will be allowed at spaces,\
-even if you didn't include a space in the list.}%
- \readline{}\breakingchars
- \ifx\@empty\breakingchars
- \else \let\spacebreak\markedbreak\fi
- \let\noextralinebreaks\FALSE
- \overrun=\rightmargin
- \confirm{\menuBtest}%
- \popoptions\moptionQ
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% \subsection{Option C}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\menuC}
-% \cw{columnwidth} is the value as originally given, including the
-% original units; may be a dimension variable or a character
-% string. The corresponding internal variable is \cw{colwd}. If we
-% did not maintain \cw{columnwidth} separately from \cw{colwd}, we
-% could not later echo the original units on-screen to the user,
-% since that information is lost in the act of storing the width in
-% \cw{colwd}. Similarly for \cw{columnheight}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\fxmenu\menuC{
-Column width is normally computed automatically, from the specified
-paper width, number of columns, margins, and intercolumn space.
-However, if you provide an explicit value for column width it will
-be used and the right margin will be adjusted as necessary.
-Similarly, column height is computed automatically from the
-paper height and the top and bottom margins, unless you provide an
-explicit value.
-}{
-W Change column width
-H Change column height
-I Change intercolumn space
-}{
-Current column width: &\columnwidth.
-Current column height: &\columnheight.
-Current intercolumn space: &\the&\intercolspace.
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionC}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionC{\lettermenu C}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionCW}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionCW{%
- \xmesj{%
-For width in characters, enter just a number; otherwise enter a\
-measurement using standard TeX units. To revert to automatic computing\
-of the column width, give an empty reply (i.e., just press <return>).}%
- \message{Column width: }%
- \readline{}\reply
- \ifx\reply\@empty
- \let\dependentcolwd\TRUE
- \if\dependentrightmargin \computerfc \else \computefc \fi
- \def\reply{A}% report new value through \moptionCWA
- \fi
- \if\xoptiontest\reply
- \else
- \checkdimen\reply\dimen@
- \ifdim\dimen@=-\maxdimen
- \checkinteger\reply\count@
- \ifnum\count@=-\maxdimen
- \else
-% \end{macrocode}
-% A misspelled unit name, \eg. {\tt im} instead of {\tt in}, will
-% lead to this branch; maybe we should try to check whether the
-% answer contained letters after the digits and if so attempt an
-% explanation about possibly misspelled unit name. On the other
-% hand maybe that's too much work.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \colwd.5em \multiply\colwd\count@\relax
- \edef\columnwidth{\the\count@\space characters}%
- \let\dependentcolwd\FALSE
- \def\reply{A}%
- \fi
- \else
- \colwd\dimen@ \let\columnwidth\reply \let\dependentcolwd\FALSE
- \def\reply{B}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \optionexec\reply
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionCWA}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionCWA{%
- \confirm{Column width set to \columnwidth.}%
- \popoptions\moptionQ}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionCWB}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionCWB{%
- \confirm{Column width set to \columnwidth\space (= \the\colwd)}%
- \popoptions\moptionQ}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionCH}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionCH{%
- \xmesj{%
-For height in lines, enter just a number; otherwise enter a\
-measurement using standard TeX units. To revert to automatic computing\
-of the column height, give an empty reply (i.e., just press <return>).}%
- \message{Column height: }%
- \readline{}\reply
- \ifx\reply\@empty
- \let\dependentcolht\TRUE
- \if\dependentbottommargin \computebc \else \computec \fi
- \def\reply{A}% report new value through \moptionCWA
- \fi
- \if\xoptiontest\reply
- \else
- \checkdimen\reply\dimen@
- \ifdim\dimen@=-\maxdimen
- \checkinteger\reply\count@
- \ifnum\count@=-\maxdimen
- \else
- \let\dependentcolht\FALSE
- \colht\baselineskip \multiply\colht\count@
- \advance\colht -\baselineskip \advance\colht\topskip
- \computeb
- \edef\columnheight{\the\count@\space lines}%
- \def\reply{A}%
- \fi
- \else
- \colht\dimen@ \let\columnheight\reply
- \let\dependentcolht\FALSE \computeb
- \def\reply{B}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \optionexec\reply
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionCHA}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionCHA{%
- \confirm{Column height set to \columnheight.\
-* (Bottom margin adjusted to \the\bottommargin.)}%
- \popoptions\moptionQ}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionCHB}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionCHB{%
- \confirm{Column height set to \columnheight\space (= \the\colht)\
-* (Bottom margin adjusted to \the\bottommargin.)}%
- \popoptions\moptionQ}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionCI}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionCI{%
- \promptmesj{Enter desired intercolumn space [TeX units]: }%
- \readline{Q}\reply
- \ifx\optiontest\reply
- \else
- \checkdimen\reply\dimen@
- \ifdim\dimen@=-\maxdimen
- \else
- \intercolspace=\dimen@
- \confirm{%
-Intercolumn space set to \reply\space (= \the\intercolspace).}%
- \if\linenumbers\ifdim\intercolspace<12\p@
- \confirm{\
-* Warning: small intercolumn space, might not be big enough\
-* for line numbers to fit ...}%
- \fi\fi
- \def\reply{Q}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \optionexec\reply
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% \subsection{Option D}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\menuD}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\fxmenu\menuD{}{
-D Change date format
-S Change separator character
-Z &\if&\keepleadingzeros\.Omit&\else\.Add&\fi %
-leading zeros in the day and month
-T Change time format
-}{
-Current date and time format is `&\todaysdate &\nowtime'.
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionD}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionD{\lettermenu D}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\menuDD}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\fxmenu\menuDD{
-Date options:
-}{
-A &\dateA
-B &\dateB
-C &\dateC
-D &\dateD
-E &\dateE
-F &\dateF
-G &\dateG
-H &\dateH
-I &\dateI
-J &\dateJ
-}{
-Current date format is &\todaysdate.
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionDD}
-%
-% Valid responses to this menu are \qc{\A}--\qc{\J}, \qc{\Q},
-% \qc{\X}, or \qc{\?}. Rather than define submenus \cw{moptionDDA},
-% \cw{moptionDDB}, \ldots, we use \tex/'s \verb'`'\meta{character}
-% feature to convert the character in \cw{reply} to a number, so
-% that a simple numeric test can be used to see if the reply is in
-% range.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionDD{\menuDD \readChar{Q}\reply
- \count@=\xp@`\reply\relax
-% \end{macrocode}
-% A = 65 \ascii/, J = 74 \ascii/
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifnum\count@>64 \ifnum\count@<75
-% \end{macrocode}
-% We use \cw{def} rather than \cw{let} here so that we can record
-% the current date format in the \fn{.los} file with
-% \cw{expandafter}\cw{string} (see \cw{logoptionsettings}).
-% Otherwise we would probably have to use a separate variable just
-% to keep track of the date format letter.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \xp@\def\xp@\todaysdate\xp@{\csname date\reply\endcsname}%
- \confirm{New date form: \todaysdate}%
- \def\reply{Q}%
- \fi\fi
- \optionexec\reply
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionDS}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionDS{\promptmesj{!%
-Current separator character between the parts of a date is
-`\datesepchar'.!%
-New separator: }%
- \readchar{}\reply
- \if Q\reply
- \confirm{Date separator char unchanged.}%
- \else
- \if ?\reply
- \else
- \if X\reply
- \confirm{Date separator char unchanged.}%
- \else
- \let\datesepchar\reply
- \confirm{New date format: \todaysdate.}%
- \def\reply{Q}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \fi
- \optionexec\reply
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionDZ}
-%\mjd{Maybe date-time-reset doesn't need to do \themonth,\theday?}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionDZ{%
- \if\keepleadingzeros
- \let\keepleadingzeros\FALSE
- \edef\themonth{\number\month}\edef\theday{\number\day}%
- \else
- \let\keepleadingzeros\TRUE
- \edef\themonth{\twodigits\month}\edef\theday{\twodigits\day}%
- \fi
- \confirm{Leading zeros will
- \if\keepleadingzeros NOT \else \fi
- be omitted in day and month numbers}%
- \def\reply{Q}\optionexec\reply
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\menuDT}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\fxmenu\menuDT{
-Time format options:
-}{
-A &\timeA (HoursMinutes, 24-hour cycle)
-B &\timeB (Hours:Minutes, 24-hour cycle)
-C &\timeC (12-hour cycle)
-D &\timeD
-E &\timeE
-F &\timeF
-}{
-Current time format is &\nowtime.
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionDT}
-% If the user's reply to the time menu is one of the valid letters
-% (A\ndash F), we define \cw{nowtime} to be \cw{timeX}, where {\tt
-% X} represents the reply letter.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionDT{\menuDT \readChar{Q}\reply
- \if A\if B\reply A\else\if C\reply A\else\if D\reply A\else
- \if E\reply A\else\if F\reply A\else\reply\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
- \xp@\def\xp@\nowtime\xp@{\csname time\reply\endcsname}%
- \def\reply{Z}%
- \fi
- \optionexec\reply
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionDTZ}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionDTZ{\confirm{New time format: \nowtime}%
- \popoptions\moptionQ}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% \subsection{Option E}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\menuE}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\fmenu\menuE{
-This option allows you to save all the current option settings in a
-file for later reuse. If you use the file name `default.los' the saved
-settings will be used as defaults for future runs. Or you can use
-different file names to have multiple saved sets of option settings.
-}{
-S Save settings
-L Load saved settings from file
-D Specify a default directory/folder for .los files
-}{
-The last option allows you to specify a location if you want to
-keep listout.tex and all its .los files in a particular directory or
-folder. This works best if the given location is one searched
-automatically by TeX (e.g., by being included in the `TeX inputs path').
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionE}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionE{\lettermenu{E}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\losname}
-% \begin{macro}{\losdir}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\losname{default}
-\def\losdir{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-
-% \begin{macro}{\lossorrymessage}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\lossorrymessage{\message{%
-? Could not create `\losdir\losname.los';
-maybe there was a system problem.}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\currentdir}
-% Default for \cw{currentdir} is empty, to avoid creating problems
-% for less-knowledgeable users.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\currentdir{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionES}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionES{\xmesj{\
-Enter the desired file name. The default name (if you just press the\
-<return> key) is `default'. A file extension `.los' will be added\
-automatically:}%
- \readline{default}\reply
- \edef\losname{\reply}%
- \def\next##1.los##2##3\next{\ifx\relax##2\else
- \def\losname{##1}\fi}
- \xp@\next\losname.los\relax\next
- \confirm{%
-File name: `\losname.los' ---OK? If not, enter n or N to cancel:}%
- \readChar{Y}\reply
- \if Y\reply
- \edef\losfirstline{\xp@\@gobble\string
-\% Option settings for listout.tex, \todaysdate\space\nowtime}%
- \immediate\openout15=\losdir\losname.los \relax
- \logoptionsettings{15}%
- \immediate\closeout15 \relax
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Check to make sure the file was created.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \openin15=\losdir\losname.los \relax
- \ifeof15 \lossorrymessage
-% \end{macrocode}
-% If \fn{xxxxx.los} exists and is nonempty, it's still not certain
-% that we have not opened some other file named \fn{xxxxx.los}, such
-% as a default version located somewhere else in the tex-inputs
-% search path. We check this possibility by looking at the first
-% line, which has embedded the date and time of the \tex/ run that
-% produced the file.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \else \testlocation \fi
- \closein15 \relax
- \fi
- \popoptions\moptionQ
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\testlocation}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\testlocation{%
- \begingroup
- \catcode`\%=12 \catcode`\\=12 \catcode\endlinechar=9
- \read15 to\next
- \ifx\next\losfirstline
- \confirm{%
-New `\losname.los' file successfully created}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% There is one other possibility left to be checked: if the current
-% directory is excluded from the tex-inputs search path (\eg.,
-% under Unix typically `\qc{\.}' must be explicitly included in the
-% search path to always have the current directory searched) then
-% it is possible that the option settings file will be created OK
-% but will not be accessible to \fn{listout.tex} through \cw{input}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifx\losdir\@empty
- \testinputtable
- \else
- \message{%
-(in location `\losdir')}%
- \fi
- \else
- \lossorrymessage
- \fi
- \endgroup
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\testinputtable}
-% This function tests if the \fn{.los} file written to the default
-% directory is inputtable. The method is to make the percent
-% character temporarily active (there is a
-% \cw{begingroup}\ldots\cw{endgroup} pair enclosing the
-% \cw{testinputtable} call) and define it to read the first line of
-% the \fn{.los} file, compare it to the expected string, and issue
-% a warning message if it doesn't match.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\testinputtable{%
- \actively\def\%##1@{%
- \edef\next{\xp@\@gobble\string\%##1}%
- \ifx\next\losfirstline
- \else
- \message{%
-... but guess what: it seems to be inaccessible for \nx@\input by TeX%
- }%
- \fi
- \endinput}%
- \endlinechar`\@ \relax
- \input\losname.los \relax
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionEL}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionEL{\xmesj{\
-Enter the name of the desired option file:}%
- \readline{}\reply
- \ifx\@empty\reply
- \else
- \def\next##1.los##2##3\next{\ifx\relax##2\else
- \def\reply{##1}\fi}
- \xp@\next\reply.los\relax\next
- \xmesj{\
-Attempting to load \reply.los . . .}%
- \input\reply.los\space\relax
- \fi
- \def\reply{Q}\optionexec\reply
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionED}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionED{\xmesj{\
-Current location name is `\losdir'.\
-Enter a new location name (directory or folder or whatever, depending\
-on your system). For Unix or DOS, make sure you include the final\
-slash. (For DOS, use slashes instead of backslashes.) Just press\
-<return> if you want to leave the current location unchanged:}%
- \readline{}\reply
- \ifx\@empty\reply
- \else
- \let\losdir\reply
- \confirm{Location name is now: `\losdir'}%
- \fi
- \def\reply{Q}\optionexec\reply
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% \subsection{Option F}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\menuF}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\fxmenu\menuF{}{
-F Change font
-S Change font size
-L Change line spacing
-T Test font availability
-N Add new font
-}{
-Current settings: &\mainfont &\mainfontsize / &\the&\baselineskip.
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionF}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionF{\lettermenu F}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\genfontmenu}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\fxmenu\genfontmenu{
-&\firstpart
-Font choices:
-}{
-R Roman
-B Bold
-I Italic
-T Typewriter
-S Sans serif
-}{
-Current choice is `&\fonttoget'.
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\getfont}
-% \cw{getfont} is a higher-level function to call \cw{genfontmenu}.
-% The arguments required by \cw{getfont} are \qarg{1} font style
-% control sequence, \ie. something like \cw{linenumberfont} whose
-% definition is `bold' or `italic' or `typewriter'; \qarg{2} text to
-% add above the basic list of font choices, \qarg{3} font description
-% such as `Main' or `Line number'.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\getfont#1#2#3{%
- \let\fonttoget#1\def\firstpart{#2}%
- \genfontmenu \readChar{Q}\reply
- \edef\next{\if R\reply roman%
- \else\if B\reply bold%
- \else\if I\reply italic%
- \else\if S\reply sansserif%
- \else\if T\reply typewriter%
- \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}%
- \ifx\next\@empty
- \else
- \let#1\next \def\reply{Q}%
- \confirm{#3 font is now `#1'.}%
- \fi
- \optionexec\reply
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionFF}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionFF{\getfont\mainfont{%
-Note: Font style `typewriter' is recommended for printing computer\
-program code verbatim because the character set of most non-typewriter\
-fonts lacks certain characters such as { } | \string~ and \\ .}%
-{Main}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\wholepointsizes}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\fmesj\wholepointsizes{
-Note: Currently only whole point sizes are supported; the fractional
-part in a fractional point size will be ignored. If a font/size
-combination is not available on your system there will be an error
-message later on when we try to load the font.
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\getfontsize}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\getfontsize#1#2{\wholepointsizes
- \mesj{Current #2 font size is #1.}%
- \promptmesj{Desired font size? }%
- \readline{Q}\reply
- \if\xoptiontest\reply
- \else
- \checkinteger\reply\count@
- \ifnum\count@>\z@
- \edef#1{\the\count@}%
- \confirm{New font size for #2: #1}%
- \def\reply{Q}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% No \cw{else} branch here: If $\cw{count@}=0$, leave \cw{reply}
-% unchanged. This will lead to a `don't understand' message and a
-% repeat of the same menu.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \fi
- \fi
- \optionexec\reply
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionFS}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionFS{\getfontsize\mainfontsize{main text}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionFL}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionFL{\promptmesj{Desired line spacing [TeX units] ? }%
- \readline{Q}\reply
- \if\xoptiontest\reply
- \else
- \checkdimen\reply\dimen@
- \ifdim\dimen@>\z@
- \normalbaselineskip\dimen@\relax \normalbaselines
- \confirm{New line spacing: \the\normalbaselineskip}%
- \def\reply{Q}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \optionexec\reply
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\menuFT}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\fxmenu\menuFT{
-Font to test load?
-}{
-M main font
-T title font
-L line number font
-P page number font
-H running head font
-F running foot font
-A all of the above
-}{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionFT}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionFT{\menuFT
- \readChar{Q}\reply
- \if M\reply
- \testload\mainfont\mainfontsize
- \def\reply{Q}%
- \else\if T\reply
- \testload\titlefont\titlefontsize
- \def\reply{Q}%
- \else\if L\reply
- \testload\linenumberfont\linenumberfontsize
- \def\reply{Q}%
- \else\if P\reply
- \testload\pagenumberfont\pagenumberfontsize
- \def\reply{Q}%
- \else\if H\reply
- \testload\runheadfont\runheadfontsize
- \def\reply{Q}%
- \else\if F\reply
- \testload\runfootfont\runfootfontsize
- \def\reply{Q}%
- \else\if A\reply
- \testload\mainfont\mainfontsize
- \testload\pagenumberfont\pagenumberfontsize
- \testload\titlefont\titlefontsize
- \testload\linenumberfont\linenumberfontsize
- \testload\runheadfont\runheadfontsize
- \testload\runfootfont\runfootfontsize
- \def\reply{Q}%
- \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
- \optionexec\reply
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\testload}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\testload#1#2{\loadfont#1#2\relax
- \xp@\ifx\csname#1#2\endcsname\nullfont
- \confirm{Unsuccessful font load...}%
- \else
- \confirm{Font successfully loaded.}%
- \fi
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\menuFN}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\fxmesj\menuFN{
-To use a custom font you must give two pieces of information: the
-name of the font metrics file (.tfm file), not including the .tfm
-extension, and a magnification (using TeX's standard notation: 1000 =
-100\%, 1200 = 120\%, ...).
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionFN}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionFN{\menuFN
- \promptmesj{OK, first give the font name: }%
- \readline{Q}\reply
- \if\xoptiontest\reply
- \else
- \let\mainfont\reply
- \def\reply{Q}%
- \promptmesj{Font magnification? [default=1000]: }%
- \readline{1000}\reply
- \if\xoptiontest\reply
- \else
- \checkinteger\reply\count@
- \ifnum\count@>100 %
- \let\mainfontsize\reply
- \def\reply{Q}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \xmesj{\
-Attempting to load new font `\mainfont\ scaled \mainfontsize'; if you\
-get an error message, press RETURN to continue, and try again.\
- }%
- \testload\mainfont\mainfontsize
- \fi
- \optionexec\reply
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% \subsection{Option G}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\menuGa}
-% \begin{macro}{\menuGb}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\fmesj\menuGa{
-: General information on a couple of subjects:
-:
-: ---Non-interactive usage: Create a driver file containing
-:
-: \input listout
-: % Change options here, if desired
-: \listout{first.file}
-: \listout{second.file}
-: ...
-: \listoutfinish
-: \end
-:
-: The \listoutfinish command is required to support the possibility
-: where multiple files are printed running together without intervening
-: page breaks. To find out how to change options, look at the file
-: default.los.
-:
-: Press <return> to continue . . .}
-%
-\fmesj\menuGb{
-: ---Treatment of control characters and eight-bit characters: The
-: default behavior is to assume no knowledge about the meaning of
-: characters in the range 0--31 and 127--255, because depending on the
-: source, the intended meaning of one of these characters in a given
-: file can vary widely. And the default main font (cmtt) can't handle
-: characters above 127 anyway. In order to preserve vertical alignment
-: when printing with a monospace font (the usual case) control
-: characters aren't printed as multicharacter sequences (e.g. ^^F), but
-: as boxed letters. The first control character encountered in a file
-: will generate a warning/explanatory message on screen. Similarly,
-: characters above ASCII 126 are printed simply as boxed question
-: marks. This behavior can be overridden by changing the main font to a
-: 256-character font and choosing the 8-bit option in the V menu.
-:
-: Press <return> to continue . . .}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionG}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionG{\menuGa\readline{}\reply\menuGb\readline{}\reply \moptionQ}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% \subsection{Option H}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\menuH}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\fxmenu\menuH{}{
-T Turn filename titles&\if&\printtitles off&\else on&\fi
-F Change font of titles
-S Change font size
-C Change capitalization
-}{
-Current settings: %
-&\titlefont &\titlefontsize, capitalization = &\titlecase.
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionH}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionH{\lettermenu H}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionHT}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionHT{%
- \if\printtitles \let\printtitles\FALSE
- \else \let\printtitles\TRUE \fi
- \confirm{%
-The name of each file \if\printtitles WILL \else will NOT \fi
-be printed as a title at the\
-* beginning of the file.
-}%
- \if\printtitles\else\popoptions\fi
- \moptionQ
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionHF}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionHF{\getfont\titlefont{}{Title}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionHS}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionHS{\getfontsize\titlefontsize{titles}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\menuHC}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\fxmenu\menuHC{
-Title capitalization choices:
-}{
-N None
-L Lowercase
-U Uppercase
-}{
-Current choice is &\titlecase.
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionHC}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionHC{\menuHC \readChar{Q}\reply
- \if L\reply
- \def\titlecase{lowercase}%
- \confirm{Capitalization is now: lowercase.}%
- \def\reply{Q}%
- \else\if U\reply
- \def\titlecase{uppercase}%
- \confirm{Capitalization is now: uppercase.}%
- \def\reply{Q}%
- \else\if N\reply
- \def\titlecase{none}%
- \confirm{Capitalization is now: none.}%
- \def\reply{Q}%
- \fi\fi\fi
- \optionexec\reply}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% \subsection{Option I}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\menuIa}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\fxmesj\menuIa{
-Current option settings:
-Orientation: &\if&\landscape landscape&\else portrait&\fi
-Paper size: &\paperwidth x &\paperheight (&\the\pawd x &\the\paht)
-Margins: Top &\the\topmargin, bottom &\the\bottommargin,
- left &\the\leftmargin, right &\the\rightmargin
-&\number\totalcols columns, column width = &\columnwidth (&\the\colwd),
-Column height: &\columnheight (&\the\colht)
-Intercolumn space: &\the\intercolspace
-Full width of text area: &\the\fullwd
-Main font: &\mainfont &\mainfontsize
-Linespacing: &\the\normalbaselineskip
-Each new file starts%
-&\if\.S&\newfileoption%
- immediately after the previous file.
-&\else&\if\.C&\newfileoption%
- at the top of a new column.
-&\else&\if\.P&\newfileoption%
- on a new page.
-&\else&\if\.R&\newfileoption%
- on the right-hand-side of a new page.
-&\else ??? unknown.
-&\fi&\fi&\fi&\fi%
-File names are &\if&\printtitles&\else\.not&\fi%
- printed as titles at the beginning of each file.
-&\if&\printtitles%
-File name font: &\titlefont &\titlefontsize
-File name capitalization: &\titlecase
-&\fi%
-Date and time print in the form &\todaysdate and &\nowtime.
-Line numbers are turned%
-&\if&\linenumbers ON, font &\linenumberfont &\linenumberfontsize,
- every &\number\linenumberfreq line%
-&\ifnum&\linenumberfreq=1 &\else s&\fi
-&\else OFF&\fi
-Press <return> to continue: }
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\menuIb}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\fxmesj\menuIb{
-Page number font: &\pagenumberfont&\pagenumberfontsize
-Running heads are turned &\if&\runheads ON:
- &\the\runhead,
- font &\runheadfont &\runheadfontsize,
- runhead takes up &\the\runheadht from column height.
-&\else OFF &\fi
-Running feet are turned &\if&\runfeet ON:
- &\the\runfoot,
- font &\runfootfont &\runfootfontsize,
- runfoot takes up &\the\runfootht from column height.
-&\else OFF &\fi
-Tabs are printed &\number\spacespertab characters wide, %
-in style `&\tabstyle'.
-&\if&\noextralinebreaks%
-Line breaks are preserved exactly as in the original file.
-&\else%
-Extra line breaks are allowed at spaces and/or other characters.
-Text is allowed to overrun right margin by &\the\overrun.
-&\fi%
-Control-L is defined to &\if\.N&\controlLaction%
-end the current column.
-&\else print as &\if\.L&\controlLaction%
-a one-line vertical space.
-&\else%
-a boxed L.
-&\fi&\fi%
-System type is set to &\systemtype.
-Directory for .los files: &\losdir
-Directory prefix for file name titles: &\dirprefix
-Press <return> to continue: }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionI}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionI{\menuIa \readline{}\reply \menuIb
- \readChar{Q}\reply \optionexec\reply}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% \subsection{Option L}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\menuL}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\fxmenu\menuL{}{
-T Turn line numbers&\if&\linenumbers off&\else on&\fi
-F Change font of line numbers
-S Change font size of line numbers
-N Change numbering frequency
-}{&\if&\linenumbers
-Current settings: &\linenumberfont &\linenumberfontsize, %
-numbering every&\ifnum&\linenumberfreq=1 line%
-&\else &\the&\linenumberfreq lines&\fi.%
-&\fi%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionL}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionL{\lettermenu L}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionLT}
-% When line numbering is toggled off, pop back up to the main menu.
-% But when line numbering is turned on, redisplay menu L in case
-% the user wants next to change the font or numbering frequency.
-% Also check \cw{leftmargin} (and \cw{intercolspace}, if
-% $\cw{totalcols}>1$) to see if they seem likely to provide enough
-% room.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionLT{%
- \if\linenumbers
- \let\linenumbers\FALSE
- \else
- \let\linenumbers\TRUE
- \fi
- \confirm{Line numbers are switched \if\linenumbers on\else off\fi.}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% This \cw{if} statement must be near the bogglitude record for \tex/
-% conditionals.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \if\if\linenumbers\ifdim\leftmargin<12\p@ T
- \else\ifnum\totalcols>\@ne
- \ifdim\intercolspace<12\p@ T\else F\fi
- \else F\fi\fi\else F\fi T%
- \confirm{\
-* You might want to check the left margin and/or intercolspace\
-* to make sure there's enough room for the line numbers.}%
- \else\popoptions\fi
- \moptionQ
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionLF}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionLF{\getfont\linenumberfont{}{Line number}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionLS}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionLS{\getfontsize\linenumberfontsize{line numbers}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionLN}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionLN{%
- \xmesj{%
-Current line numbering frequency is every
-\ifnum\linenumberfreq=1 line%
-\else\ \number\linenumberfreq\ lines\fi.\
-New line numbering frequency? (1 = every line, 2 = every 2 lines,\
-and so forth):}%
- \readline{Q}\reply
- \if\xoptiontest\reply
- \else
- \checkinteger\reply\count@
- \ifnum\count@>\z@
- \linenumberfreq=\count@
- \confirm{New line numbering frequency: \the\linenumberfreq}%
- \def\reply{Q}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \optionexec\reply
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% \subsection{Option M}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\menuM}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\fxmenu\menuM{
-Current margin settings: top &\the&\topmargin, left &\the&\leftmargin,
-bottom &\the&\bottommargin, right &\the&\rightmargin.
-}{
-L Change left margin
-T Change top margin
-B Change bottom margin
-R Change right margin
-}{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionM}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionM{\lettermenu M}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\menuMB}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\fxmesj\menuMB#1{
-Current bottom margin is #1.
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-If you specify a new bottom margin, column height will be recomputed to
-come as close as possible to the desired value (nearest integer multiple
-of line spacing), taking the currently specified paper height and top
-margin into consideration. To revert to automatic computing of bottom
-margin, give an empty reply (i.e., just press the <return> key).
-Otherwise enter a measurement using TeX units:}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionMB}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionMB{\menuMB{\the\bottommargin}%
- \readline{}\reply
- \ifx\@empty\reply
- \let\dependentbottommargin\TRUE
- \if\dependentcolht
- \computebc
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Otherwise \cw{bottommargin} should already have the correct value,
-% no extra computation needed.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \fi
- \def\reply{Q}%
- \else
- \if\xoptiontest\reply
- \else
- \checkdimen\reply\dimen@
- \ifdim\dimen@=-\maxdimen % not a valid dimension
- \else
- \bottommargin\dimen@
- \computec
- \confirm{New column height: \the\colht\
-* New bottom margin: \the\bottommargin}%
- \def\reply{Q}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \fi
- \optionexec\reply
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\menuML}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\fxmesj\menuML#1{
-Current left margin is #1 (measured from the left edge of the
-paper to the left edge of the text).
-<return> to keep the current value, or enter a new value:}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionML}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionML{\menuML{\the\leftmargin}%
- \readline{Q}\reply
- \if\xoptiontest\reply
- \else
- \checkdimen\reply\dimen@
- \ifdim\dimen@=-\maxdimen
- \else
- \leftmargin\dimen@
- \confirm{New left margin: \the\leftmargin}%
- \if\linenumbers\ifdim\leftmargin<12\p@
- \confirm{\
-* Warning: small left margin, might not be big enough for line\
-* numbers to fit ...}%
- \fi\fi
- \def\reply{Q}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \optionexec\reply
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\menuMR}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\fxmesj\menuMR#1{
-Current right margin is #1 (measured from the right edge of the
-paper to the right edge of the text). To revert to automatic
-computation of the right margin, give an empty reply; or enter a new
-value using TeX units (or enter Q or X or ? to quit/exit/get-help).
-New right margin:}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionMR}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionMR{\menuMR{\the\rightmargin}%
- \readline{}\reply
- \ifx\@empty\reply
- \let\dependentrightmargin\TRUE
- \rightmargin=\leftmargin
- \confirm{New right margin: \the\rightmargin}%
- \def\reply{Q}%
- \fi
- \if\xoptiontest\reply
- \else
- \checkdimen\reply\dimen@
- \ifdim\dimen@=-\maxdimen
- \else
- \rightmargin\dimen@
- \confirm{New right margin: \the\rightmargin}%
- \let\dependentrightmargin\FALSE
- \def\reply{Q}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \optionexec\reply
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\menuMT}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\fxmesj\menuMT#1{
-Current top margin is #1 (measured from the top edge of the
-paper to the top of the running head or the text).
-<return> to keep the current value, or enter a new value:}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionMT}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionMT{\menuMT{\the\topmargin}%
- \readline{Q}\reply
- \if\xoptiontest\reply
- \else
- \checkdimen\reply\dimen@
- \ifdim\dimen@=-\maxdimen
- \else
- \topmargin\dimen@
- \confirm{New top margin: \the\topmargin}%
- \def\reply{Q}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \optionexec\reply
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% \subsection{Option N}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\menuN}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\fxmesj\menuN#1{
-Number of columns: #1.
-<return> to keep the current value, or enter a new value
-(a number greater than 0):}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionN}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionN{\menuN{\number\totalcols}%
- \readline{Q}\reply
- \if\xoptiontest\reply
- \else
- \checkinteger\reply\count@
- \ifnum\count@=-\maxdimen
- \else
- \if\ifnum\count@>\z@
- \ifnum\count@<\sixt@@n T\else F\fi\else F\fi T%
- \chardef\totalcols=\count@
- \if\dependentcolwd
- \if\dependentrightmargin \computerfc \else \computefc \fi
- \else
- \computefr
- \fi
- \confirm{%
- Number of columns: \number\totalcols\space
- (column width: \the\colwd, %
-\ifnum\totalcols>\@ne intercolumn space: \the\intercolspace,\
-* \fi total width: \the\fullwd)}
- \def\reply{Q}%
- \else
- \ifnum\count@>20
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The \cw{specialhelp} function defines its first argument (in this
-% case, \cw{reply}) to be \qc{\?} and locally redefines
-% \cw{menuhelpmesj} to substitute the given text.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \specialhelp\reply
- {Maximum number of columns is 20, sorry...}%
- \else
- \specialhelp\reply
- {Number of columns must be greater than 0}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \fi
- \fi
- \optionexec\reply
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% \subsection{Option O}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\menuO}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\fxmenu\menuO{
-Current orientation: &\if&\landscape\.landscape.&\else\.portrait&\fi
-}{
-P Switch to portrait orientation
-L Switch to landscape orientation
-}{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionO}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionO{\menuO \readChar{Q}\reply
- \if P\reply
- \if\landscape \let\landscape\FALSE
- \dimen@\paht \paht\pawd \pawd\dimen@
- \fi
- \confirm{Orientation is now: portrait}%
- \def\reply{Q}%
- \else
- \if L\reply
- \if\landscape \else \let\landscape\TRUE
- \dimen@\paht \paht\pawd \pawd\dimen@
- \fi
- \confirm{Orientation is now: landscape}%
- \def\reply{Q}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \optionexec\reply
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% \subsection{Option P}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\menuP}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\fxmenu\menuP{
-Current paper size: &\paperwidth x &\paperheight
-}{
-W Change paper width
-H Change paper height
-U U.S. letter size paper: 8.5in x 11in
-A A4 paper: 21cm x 29.7cm
-}{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionP}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionP{\lettermenu P}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionPW}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionPW{\promptmesj{New paper width: }%
- \readline{Q}\reply
- \if\xoptiontest\reply
- \else
- \checkdimen\reply\dimen@
- \ifdim\dimen@=-\maxdimen
- \else
- \ifdim\dimen@>1cm
- \let\paperwidth\reply
- \pawd\dimen@
- \confirm{New paper width: \paperwidth\space(\the\pawd)}%
- \def\reply{Q}%
- \else
- \specialhelp\reply{%
-Sorry, I can't believe you really want a width of \reply!}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \fi
- \optionexec\reply
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionPH}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionPH{\promptmesj{New paper height: }%
- \readline{Q}\reply
- \if\xoptiontest\reply
- \else
- \checkdimen\reply\dimen@
- \ifdim\dimen@=-\maxdimen
- \else
- \ifdim\dimen@>1cm
- \let\paperheight\reply
- \paht\dimen@
- \confirm{New paper height: \paperheight\space(\the\paht)}%
- \def\reply{Q}%
- \else
- \specialhelp\reply{%
-Sorry, I can't believe you really want a height of \reply!}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \fi
- \optionexec\reply
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionPU}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionPU{%
- \if\landscape
- \paht=8.5truein \pawd=11truein
- \def\paperheight{8.5in}\def\paperwidth{11in}%
- \else
- \paht=11truein \pawd=8.5truein
- \def\paperheight{11in}\def\paperwidth{8.5in}%
- \fi
- \confirm{New paper width: \paperwidth\space(\the\pawd)\
-* New paper height: \paperheight\space(\the\paht)%
-\if\landscape\
-(landscape)\fi}%
- \moptionQ
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionPA}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionPA{%
- \if\landscape
- \paht=21cm \pawd=29.7cm
- \def\paperheight{21cm}\def\paperwidth{29.7cm}%
- \else
- \paht=29.7cm \pawd=21cm
- \def\paperheight{29.7cm}\def\paperwidth{21cm}%
- \fi
- \confirm{New paper width: \paperwidth\space(\the\pawd)\
-* New paper height: \paperheight\space(\the\paht)%
- \if\landscape\
- (landscape)\fi}%
- \moptionQ
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% \subsection{Option R}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\menuR}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\fxmenu\menuR{
-Running heads are turned &\if&\runheads\.on.
-Running head contents:
-&\the&\runhead
-&\else\.off.
-&\fi%
-Running feet are turned &\if&\runfeet\.on.
-Running foot contents:
-&\the&\runfoot
-&\else\.off.
-&\fi%
-}{
-H Change running heads
-F Change running feet
-}{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionR}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionR{\lettermenu R}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\menuRH}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\fmenu\menuRHorF#1{}{
-C Change running #1 contents
-F Change running #1 font
-S Change running #1 font size
-}{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionRH}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionRH{\menuRHorF{head}\readChar{Q}\reply \optionexec\reply}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\menuRHC}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\fxmesj\menuRHC{
-Current running head contents:
-&\the&\runhead
-Enter new running head contents (to turn off running heads,
-just press <return>):}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionRHC}
-%
-% Since the user response here can be arbitrary text, we need to do
-% some manual checking for the \qc{\?} \qc{\X} and \qc{\Q}
-% possibilities with \cw{xoptiontest} instead of calling
-% \cw{optionexec}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionRHC{\menuRHC
- \xreadline{}\reply
- \if\xoptiontest\reply
- \else
- \global\runhead\xp@{\reply}%
- \ifx\reply\@empty
- \global\let\runheads\FALSE
- \else
- \global\let\runheads\TRUE
- \confirm{New running head:\
- \the\runhead}%
- \fi
- \def\reply{Q}%
- \fi
- \optionexec\reply
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionRHF}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionRHF{\getfont\runheadfont{}{Running head}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionRHS}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionRHS{\getfontsize\runheadfontsize{running heads}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionRF}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionRF{\menuRHorF{foot}\readChar{Q}\reply \optionexec\reply}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\menuRFC}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\fxmesj\menuRFC{
-Current running foot contents:
-&\the&\runfoot
-Enter new running foot contents (to turn off running feet,
-just press <return>):}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionRFC}
-%
-% Since the user response here can be arbitrary text, we need to do
-% some manual checking for the \qc{\?} \qc{\X} and \qc{\Q}
-% possibilities instead of calling \cw{optionexec}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionRFC{\menuRFC
- \xreadline{}\reply
- \if\xoptiontest\reply
- \else
- \global\runfoot\xp@{\reply}%
- \ifx\reply\@empty
- \global\let\runfeet\FALSE
- \else
- \global\let\runfeet\TRUE
- \confirm{New running foot:\
- \the\runfoot}%
- \fi
- \def\reply{Q}%
- \fi
- \optionexec\reply
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionRFF}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionRFF{\getfont\runfootfont{}{Running foot}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionRFS}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionRFS{\getfontsize\runfootfontsize{running feet}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% \subsection{Option S}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\menuS}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\fxmenu\menuS{
-System information. Current system type is &\systemtype;
-directory prefix to be used for all files printed in this run is
-&\ifx&\@empty&\dirprefix\.null.&\else
-&\dirprefix&\fi
-}{
-S Change system type
-D Change directory prefix
-}{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionS}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionS{\lettermenu{S}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\menuSS}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\fxmenu\menuSS{
-System type options:
-}{
-D DOS
-M Macintosh
-U Unix
-V VAX/VMS
-O Other
-}{
-Currently this information is only used to help in printing directory
-names that may occur in the titles printed at the beginning of each
-file. Current system type is &\systemtype.
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionSS}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionSS{\menuSS
- \readChar{Q}\reply
- \if D\reply \def\systemtype{DOS}\def\currentdir{./}\def\reply{Q}%
- \else\if M\reply
- \def\systemtype{Macintosh}\def\currentdir{}\def\reply{Q}%
- \else\if U\reply
- \def\systemtype{Unix}\def\currentdir{./}\def\reply{Q}%
- \else\if V\reply
- \def\systemtype{VAX/VMS}%
- \edef\currentdir{sys\string $disk:[]}\def\reply{Q}%
- \else \def\systemtype{other}\def\currentdir{}\def\reply{Q}%
- \fi\fi\fi\fi
- \optionexec\reply
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\menuSD}
-% Directory prefix to be added in front of each filename title,
-% when printing multiple files. \tex/ version 3.x does not provide
-% a way to get at any part of a filename except \cw{jobname}.
-% Therefore in order for a directory name to be printed, it has to
-% be entered by the user somewhere along the line.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\fxmesj\menuSD{
-Current directory/folder prefix for all file names is
-&\ifx&\@empty&\dirprefix\.null.&\else
- `&\dirprefix'
-&\fi
-Enter the new directory prefix below.
-(Enter Q to quit without changing the prefix.)}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionSD}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionSD{%
- \menuSD
- \readline{}\reply
- \let\next\reply \changecase\uppercase\next
- \if\xoptiontest\next
- \let\reply\next
- \else
- \let\dirprefix\reply
- \ifx\dirprefix\@empty
- \confirm{Directory prefix is now null.}%
- \else
- \confirm{New directory name:\
- \dirprefix\
- }%
- \fi
- \def\reply{Q}%
- \fi
- \optionexec\reply
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% \subsection{Option T}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\menuT}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\fxmenu\menuT{
-Currently tabs will print as &\tabstyle.
-The horizontal extent of each tab will be %
-&\number&\spacespertab spaces.
-}{
-T Change tab representation
-N Change the number of spaces per tab
-}{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionT}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionT{\lettermenu T}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\menuTT}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\fmenu\menuTT#1{
-Tab representation choices:
-}{
-B Blank space
-. Dots
-- Dashed line
-H Hrulefill
-T Tiny`TAB's fill
-}{
-These are better understood by trying them out than by having them
-explained in words. Current tab style is `#1'.
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\reportnewtabstyle}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\reportnewtabstyle#1{%
- \chardef\tabselect=#1 \relax
- \confirm{Tab style is now `\tabstyle'}%
- \def\reply{Q}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionTT}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionTT{\menuTT\tabstyle
- \readChar{Q}\reply
- \if B\reply
- \reportnewtabstyle{0}%
- \else\if .\reply
- \reportnewtabstyle{1}%
- \else\if -\reply
- \reportnewtabstyle{2}%
- \else\if H\reply
- \reportnewtabstyle{3}%
- \else\if T\reply
- \reportnewtabstyle{4}%
- \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
- \optionexec\reply
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionTN}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionTN{%
- \promptmesj{Enter the desired number of spaces per tab: }%
- \readline{Q}\reply
- \if\xoptiontest\reply
- \else
- \checkinteger\reply\count@
- \ifnum\count@=-\maxdimen
- \else
- \ifnum\count@<256
- \chardef\spacespertab=\count@
- \confirm{%
- The number of spaces per tab is now \number\spacespertab.}%
- \def\reply{Q}%
- \else
- \mesj{Sorry, spaces per tab cannot be more than 255.}%
- \def\reply{}% repeat the prompt
- \fi
- \fi
- \fi
- \optionexec\reply
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% \subsection{Option V}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\menuV}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\fmenu\menuV{}{
- 8 Treatment of 8-bit characters
- L Treatment of Control-L characters
-}{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionV}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionV{\lettermenu{V}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\menuVL}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\fxmenu\menuVL{
-Three choices are offered for the treatment of Control-L characters:
-}{
- B Print a boxed L (same treatment as other control characters)
- L Print one line of space
- N End current text column, start a new column
-}{
-Current setting is &\controlLaction.
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionVL}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionVL{\menuVL
- \readChar{Q}\reply
- \if B\reply
- \let\controlLaction\reply
- \confirm{Control-L characters will print as boxed L's}%
- \else\if L\reply
- \let\controlLaction\reply
- \confirm{Control-L characters will print as a one-line space}%
- \else\if N\reply
- \let\controlLaction\reply
- \confirm{%
-Control-L characters will perform a `formfeed' [new column] action}%
- \fi\fi\fi
- \def\reply{Q}\optionexec\reply
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\menuV8}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\expandafter\fxmenu\csname menuV8\endcsname{
-Two choices are offered for the treatment of 8-bit characters, that
-is, characters in the range 128--255:
-}{
- A Print according to the current font
- B Print a boxed question mark
-}{
-Current setting is &\eightbitaction.
-For option A, you must be careful to also select a font that is capable
-of printing 8-bit characters (see option F in the main menu); otherwise,
-8-bit characters will disappear silently from the printed output with
-nothing more than a warning in the TeX log.
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionV8}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\expandafter\def\csname moptionV8\endcsname{%
- \csname menuV8\endcsname
- \readchar{Q}\reply
- \if A\reply \def\eightbitaction{A}%
- \else\if B\reply \def\eightbitaction{B}%
- \fi\fi
- \def\reply{Q}\optionexec\reply
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% Here perhaps I should clear out the memory used by the menus
-% since it is no longer needed. But so far I haven't had any pages
-% complex enough to exceed 64K main mem even after loading full
-% \fn{listout.tex} with the menu system. [mjd,25-Sep-1993]
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\moption
-\printfiles
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% And a final \cw{endinput} to make docstrip skip the garbage below,
-% otherwise docstrip would choke on \ctrl{B} saying it's an invalid
-% character.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\endinput
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-%^^A Undefine FORMFEED (control-L) and DEL (control-?) so they will
-%^^A not cause the macrocode environment to choke.
-%
-%\catcode`\^^L=12 \catcode`\^^?=12
-%%
-\begin{macrocode}
-Test of special characters (if listout.tex is used to print itself).
-%
-The NUL character is missing (Control-@) because apparently Unix Emacs
-can't or won't preserve the character when saving the file. Put it
-back in with your editor if you can. Control-J and Control-M are
-printed at the end of their lines to avoid commenting out any
-following characters (depending on the native file format of the
-user's operating system). Control-Z is printed at the end of the file
-to avoid premature file termination if the operating system is DOS.
-The tab character (control-I) should show up as a dotted line 8
-characters wide under the default settings of \spacespertab and
-\tabstyle. And the formfeed character (control-L) should cause a page
-break.
-%
-Control-@: ,
-Control-A: , Control-B; , Control-C: ,
-Control-D: , Control-E: , Control-F: ,
-Control-G: , Control-H: ,
- Control-I: , Control-J:
-, Control-K: , Control-L: , Control-M:
-, Control-N: , Control-O: , Control-P: , Control-Q: ,
-Control-R: , Control-S: , Control-T: , Control-U: ,
-Control-V: , Control-W: , Control-X: , Control-Y: ,
-Control-Z: (printed at end of file, below)
-Control-[: , Control-\: , Control-]: , Control-^: ,
-Control-_: , Control-?: .
-ASCII 128: €, ASCII 131: ƒ, ASCII 137: ‰, ASCII 139: ‹,
-ASCII 149: •, ASCII 151: —, ASCII 157: , ASCII 163: £,
-ASCII 167: §, ASCII 173: ­, ASCII 179: ³, ASCII 181: µ,
-ASCII 191: ¿, ASCII 193: Á, ASCII 197: Å, ASCII 199: Ç,
-ASCII 211: Ó, ASCII 223: ß, ASCII 227: ã, ASCII 229: å,
-ASCII 233: é, ASCII 239: ï, ASCII 241: ñ, ASCII 251: û,
-ASCII 255: ÿ.
-%
-Control-Z: .
-% \end{macrocode}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dialogl/menus.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dialogl/menus.dtx
deleted file mode 100644
index b0f03f5f1ec..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dialogl/menus.dtx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,989 +0,0 @@
-%%% ====================================================================
-%%% @LaTeX-style-file{
-%%% filename = "menus.sty",
-%%% version = "0.9x",
-%%% date = "1994/11/08",
-%%% time = "13:32:59 EST",
-%%% checksum = "38585 989 4295 33156",
-%%% keywords = "TeX, menus",
-%%% author = "Michael Downes",
-%%% email = "mjd@math.ams.org (Internet)",
-%%% supported = "yes",
-%%% abstract = "This file provides functions for writing
-%%% messages and menus on screen, and reading user responses. It
-%%% can be used with LaTeX as a documentstyle option, or in
-%%% other forms of TeX by a standard \input statement.",
-%%% docstring = "The checksum field above contains a CRC-16
-%%% checksum as the first value, followed by the equivalent of
-%%% the standard UNIX wc (word count) utility output of lines,
-%%% words, and characters. This is produced by Robert Solovay's
-%%% checksum utility.",
-%%% }
-%%% ====================================================================
-%
-% \iffalse
-%<*driver>
-\input{dia-driv.tex}
-%</driver>
-% \fi
-%
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% \section{Function descriptions}
-%
-%\begin{usage}
-%\fmenu\foobar{
-% <preliminary text>
-%}{
-% <menu lines>
-%}{
-% <following text>
-%}
-%\end{usage}
-% Defines \cw{foobar} as a function that puts the preliminary text,
-% the menu lines (list of choices), and the after text on screen.
-% Normal usage:
-%
-%^^V \foobar % print the menu on screen
-%^^V \readline{}\reply % read the answer
-%
-% (See the description of \cw{readline} in \fn{dialog.doc}.) In the
-% various text parts all special characters have category 12 except
-% for braces, as with \cw{mesj}. Note the recommended placement of
-% the braces: no closing brace falls at the end of a line, except
-% the very last one. Because of the special catcodes in effect when
-% reading the final three arguments, a \ctrl{M} or \qc{\%} between
-% arguments would be read as an active character or category-12
-% character respectively, instead of being ignored. But actually,
-% after some rather difficult programming, I managed to make it
-% possible to write just about anything (except brace characters)
-% between the arguments and have it be ignored, so the recommended
-% style is not mandatory. The first and last newline of each
-% argument are stripped off anyway in order to produce consistent
-% clean connections with \cw{menuprefix} etc.; see below.
-%
-% Menu functions created by \cw{fmenu} are allowed optionally to
-% have arguments, like functions created with \cw{fmesj} (from
-% \fn{dialog.sty}), so that pieces of text can be inserted at the
-% time of use. This makes it possible for several similar menus to
-% share the same menu function if there are only minor variations
-% between them.
-%
-%\begin{usage}
-%\menuprefix, \menusuffix
-%\inmenuA, \inmenuB
-%\end{usage}
-% The text \cw{menuprefix} will be added at the beginning of each
-% menu; \cw{menusuffix} will be added at the end. The text
-% \cw{inmenuA} and \cw{inmenuB} will be added between the first and
-% second, respectively second and third parts of the menu; their
-% default values produce a blank line on screen. (But
-% \cw{inmenuA} will be omitted if the first part is empty, and
-% \cw{inmenuB} will be omitted if the last part is empty.) To change
-% any of these texts, use \cw{storemesj} or \cw{storexmesj}. For
-% example:
-%
-%^^V\storemesj\menuprefix{********* MENU **********}
-%
-%\begin{usage}
-%\menuprompt
-%\end{usage}
-% Furthermore, the function \cw{menuprompt} is called at the very
-% end of the menu, so that for example a standard prompt such as
-% \verb'Enter a number:' could be applied at the end of all menus,
-% if desired. To change \cw{menuprompt}, use \cw{fmesj} or
-% \cw{fxmesj}.
-%
-%\begin{usage}
-%\menuline, \endmenuline
-%\menutopline, \menubotline
-%\end{usage}
-% Each line in the middle argument of \cw{fmenu} (the list of
-% choices) is embedded in a statement
-% \cw{menuline}\verbdots\cw{endmenuline}. The default definition of
-% \cw{menuline} is to add two spaces at the beginning and a newline
-% at the end. Lines in the top or bottom part of the menu are
-% embedded in \cw{menutopline}\verbdots\cw{endmenuline} or
-% \cw{menubotline}\verbdots\cw{endmenuline} respectively. (Notice
-% that all three share the same ending delimiter; if different
-% actions are wanted at the end of a top or bottom line as opposed
-% to a middle menu line, they must be obtained by defining
-% \cw{menutopline} or \cw{menubotline} to read the entire line as
-% an argument and perform the desired processing.)
-%
-% An enclosing box for a menu can be obtained by
-% defining \cw{menuline} and its relatives appropriately and using
-% \cw{fxmenu} (see below).
-%
-%\begin{usage}
-%\fxmenu\foobar{
-% <preliminary text>
-%}{
-% <menu lines>
-%}{
-% <following text>
-%}
-%\end{usage}
-% Similar to \cw{fmenu} but with full expansion in each part of the
-% text, as with \cw{xmesj}.
-%
-% To get an enclosing box for a menu, write \cs{\.} at the end of
-% each menu line (to protect the preceding spaces from \tex/'s
-% propensity to remove character 32 at the end of a line,
-% regardless of its catcode), and then make sure that \cw{menuline}
-% and \cw{endmenuline} put in the appropriate box-drawing
-% characters on either side. I.e.:
-%
-%^^V \fxmenu\foobar{
-%^^V First line \.
-%^^V Second line \.
-%^^V }{
-%^^V Third line \.
-%^^V ...
-%^^V }{
-%^^V Last line \.
-%^^V }
-%
-% With the \verb'/o' option of em\tex/, you can use the box-drawing
-% characters in the standard PC DOS character set.
-%
-%\begin{usage}
-%\nmenu\Alph\foobar#1{
-% <preliminary text>
-%}{
-% <menu lines>
-%}{
-% <following text>
-%}
-%\end{usage}
-% \cw{nmenu} and \cw{nxmenu} are like \cw{fmenu}, \cw{fxmenu}
-% except that they automatically number each line of the middle
-% part of the menu. (This allows menu choices to be added or deleted
-% without tedious renumbering.) The first argument indicates the
-% type of numbers to be used: \cw{alph}, \cw{Alph}, \cw{arabic},
-% \cw{roman}, \cw{Roman} (following \latex/). {\em These are not yet
-% implemented.}
-%^^A [15-May-1993,mjd]
-%
-% The function \cw{menunumber} (taking one argument) is applied to
-% each automatically generated number. The default value is to add
-% brackets and a space after:
-%
-%^^V \def\menunumber#1{[#1] }
-%
-% but by redefining \cw{menunumber} you can add parentheses or extra
-% spaces or what have you around each number. Internally a line of
-% an autonumbered menu is stored as
-%
-%^^V \menuline\menunumber{5}Text text ...\endmenuline
-%
-%\begin{usage}
-%\optionexec\answer
-%\end{usage}
-% This is a companion function for \cw{readChar} and the menu
-% functions: it checks to see if the answer is equal to any one of
-% the characters \qc{\?} \qc{\Q} \qc{\q} \qc{\X} \qc{\x}, and if so
-% executes \cw{moption?} or \cw{moptionQ} or \cw{moptionX}
-% respectively, otherwise executes
-%
-%^^V \csname moption\curmenu C\endcsname
-%
-% where \qc{\C} means the character that was read and \cw{curmenu} is
-% a string identifying the current location in the menu system.
-% (\cw{optionexec} pushes and pops \cw{curmenu} when going between
-% menus, to keep it up to date.) If this control sequence is
-% undefined, \cw{optionexec} gives a generic ``Sorry, I don't
-% understand'' message and repeats the current menu.
-%
-% Thus the major work involved in making a menu system is to define
-% the menu screens using \cw{fmenu}, \cw{fxmenu}, and then define
-% corresponding functions \cw{moptionXXX} that display one of the
-% menu screens, read a menu choice, and call \cw{optionexec} to
-% branch to the next action.
-%
-%\begin{usage}
-%\specialhelp\answer{Substitute message}
-%\end{usage}
-% As it turns out, it is sometimes desirable to substitute some
-% other message in place of the generic ``Sorry, I don't
-% understand'' message given by \cw{optionexec}. For instance,
-% suppose a given menu choice leads to a secondary prompt where you
-% ask the user to enter a number of columns for printing some data.
-% If the user accidentally mistypes \verb'0', it would be better to
-% respond with something like
-%
-%^^V Number of columns must be greater than 0.
-%
-% than with the generic message. The function \cw{specialhelp}
-% allows you to do this. The first argument is the name of the
-% macro that will be passed to \cw{optionexec}. \cw{specialhelp}
-% modifies that macro to a flag value that will trigger the
-% substitute message. (But does it carefully, so that you can still
-% use the macro naturally in the substitute message text.)
-%
-%\begin{usage}
-%\optionfileexec\answer
-%\end{usage}
-% Like \cw{optionexec}, but gets the next menu from a file instead
-% of from main memory, if applicable. This is not yet
-% implemented.
-%^^A [mjd,24-May-1993]
-% The technical complications involved in managing the menu files
-% are many\Dash for example: How do you prevent the usual file name
-% message of \tex/ from intruding on your carefully designed menu
-% screens, if \cw{input} is used to read the next menu file?
-% Alternatively if you try to use \cw{read} to read the next menu
-% file, how do you deal with catcode changes?
-%
-%\begin{usage}
-%\lettermenu{MN}
-%\end{usage}
-% This is an abbreviation for
-%
-%^^V \menuMN \readChar{Q}\reply \optionexec\reply
-%
-% It calls the menu function associated with the menu name \verb"MN",
-% reads a single uppercase letter into \cw{reply}, and then calls
-% \cw{optionexec} to branch to the case selected by the reply.
-%
-%\begin{usage}
-%\if\xoptiontest\answer ... \else ... \fi
-%\end{usage}
-% The function \cw{xoptiontest} is for use with \cw{readline} or
-% \cw{xreadline}, to trap the special responses \verb'? Q q X x'
-% before executing some conditional code. It returns a `true' value
-% suitable for \cw{if} testing, if and only if the replacement text
-% of \cw{answer} is a single character matching one of those
-% listed. This is used when you are prompting for a response that
-% can be an arbitrary string of characters, but you want to allow
-% the user still to get help or quit with the same one-character
-% responses that are recognized in other situations.
-%
-% \StopEventually{}
-%
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%
-% \section{Implementation}
-% Standard package identification:
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*2e>
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesPackage{menus}[1994/11/08 v0.9x]
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Load the dialog package if necessary.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{dialog}
-%</2e>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% This file requires \fn{grabhedr.sty} and \fn{dialog.sty}. If
-% \fn{grabhedr.sty} is not already loaded, load it now and call
-% \cw{fileversiondate}, since it's too late to apply \cw{inputfwh}
-% to {\em this\/} file. See the documentation of \cw{trap.input} in
-% \fn{grabhedr.doc}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*209>
-\csname trap.input\endcsname
-\input grabhedr.sty \relax
-\fileversiondate{menus.sty}{0.9x}{1994/11/08}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\inputfwh{dialog.sty}
-%</209>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-%\section{Definitions}
-%
-% We start by using the \cw{localcatcodes} function from
-% \fn{grabhedr.sty} to save current catcodes and set new catcodes
-% for certain significant characters, as explained at more length
-% in \fn{dialog.doc}.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\localcatcodes{\@{11}%
- \~{13}\"{12}\#{6}\^{7}\`{12}\${3}\:{12}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-%\begin{macro}{\menuprefix}
-% \cw{menuprefix} is a string added at the beginning of each menu to
-% pretty it up a little (or uglify it a little, depending on your
-% taste). The length of the default string is 70 characters, not
-% counting the two newline characters. By using \cw{storexmesj} we
-% get embedded newlines corresponding to the ones seen here. [That
-% is, except for the extra line break (where the newline character is
-% commented out), needed to make this fit in the current column
-% width.]
-%
-%\iftrue
-%^^V \storexmesj\menuprefix{
-%^^V ===================================%
-%^^V ===================================
-%^^V }
-%
-%\else
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\storexmesj\menuprefix{
-======================================================================
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\fi
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\menusuffix}
-% The default value for \cw{menusuffix} is the same as for
-% \cw{menuprefix}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\menusuffix=\menuprefix
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\inmenuA}
-% \begin{macro}{\inmenuB}
-% The default for \cw{inmenuA} and \cw{inmenuB} is a single
-% newline, which will produce a blank line on screen because they
-% will occur after an \cw{endmenuline}, which also
-% contains a newline.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\storemesj\inmenuA{
-}
-\storemesj\inmenuB{
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%\begin{macro}{\menuline}
-% The default value for \cw{menuline} is two spaces. This means
-% that each line in the middle section of a menu defined by
-% \cw{fmenu} or \cw{fxmenu} will be indented two spaces.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\storemesj\menuline{ }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\menutopline}
-% \begin{macro}{\menubotline}
-% By default, no spaces are added at the beginning of a line in the
-% top or bottom section of a menu:
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\menutopline{}
-\def\menubotline{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\endmenuline}
-% \cw{endmenuline} is just a newline.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\storemesj\endmenuline{
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\menunumber}
-% This definition of \cw{menunumber} adds square brackets and a
-% following space around each item number.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\menunumber#1{[#1] }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\menuprompt}
-% This definition of \cw{menuprompt} is suitable for the purposes
-% of \fn{listout.tex} but will probably need to be no-op'd or
-% changed for other applications.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\menuprompt{\promptmesj{Your choice? }}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\menufirstpart}
-% \begin{macro}{\menuchoices}
-% \begin{macro}{\menulastpart}
-% Each of the three pieces of a menu gets its own token register.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newtoks\menufirstpart
-\newtoks\menuchoices
-\newtoks\menulastpart
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\fmenu}
-%
-% The `arguments' of \cw{fmenu} are \arg{1} menu name, \arg{2}
-% optional argument specifiers, \arg{3} preliminary text, \arg{4}
-% list of menu choices, \arg{5} following text. But at first we read
-% only the first two because we want to change some catcodes before
-% reading the others. The auxiliary function \cw{fxmenub} is shared
-% with \cw{fxmenu}.
-%
-% Because of the catcode changes done by \cw{mesjsetup}, newlines,
-% spaces, or percent signs between the three final arguments will
-% not be ignored. To get around this, we use the peculiar
-% \verb'#{' feature of \tex/, in intermediate scratch functions
-% called \cw{@tempa}, to read and discard anything that may occur
-% between one closing brace and the next opening brace. Token
-% register assignments are used to read the arguments proper.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\fmenu#1#2#{\mesjsetup
- \catcode`\#=6 % for parameters
- \toks@{\fxmenub{\gdef}{\begingroup}{}#1{#2}}%
- \def\@tempa##1##{%
- \def\@tempa####1####{%
- \def\@tempa{\the\toks@}%
- \afterassignment\@tempa \menulastpart}%
- \afterassignment\@tempa \menuchoices}%
- \afterassignment\@tempa \menufirstpart
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% Before proceeding to define \cw{fxmenub}, we must deal with a
-% subproblem. What we will have to work with is three pieces of text
-% in the token registers \cw{menufirstpart}, \cw{menuchoices}, and
-% \cw{menulastpart}, containing active \ctrl{M} characters to mark
-% line breaks, including possibly but not necessarily \ctrl{M} at the
-% beginning and at the end of each piece. What we would like to do,
-% for each piece, is to remove the first \ctrl{M}, if there is one,
-% and the last one, if there is one. The function \cw{stripcontrolMs}
-% does this.
-%
-% If you are one of those rare \tex/ hackers who might actually
-% want to understand the workings of \cw{stripcontrolMs}, the best
-% way is probably to watch it in action with \cw{tracingmacros} =
-% \cw{tracingcommands} = 2, rather than attempt to follow my labored
-% commentary below.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\begingroup % localize \lccode change
-\lccode`\~=`\^^M
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The functions \cw{stripM}, \cw{stripMa}, \cw{stripMb}, \ldots\ are
-% auxiliary functions for \cw{stripcontrolMs}. They all carry along
-% an extra last argument, the name of the token register originally
-% given to \cw{stripcontrolMs}, so that when we finally reach
-% \cw{stripMd} we can carry out the assignment of the token
-% register.
-%
-% When \cw{stripM} is called, it should be called like this:
-%\begin{verbatim}
-% \expandafter\stripM\expandafter$\the\sometoks
-% $^^M$$\stripM\sometoks
-%\end{verbatim}
-% That is, \qc{\$} should be added at the beginning and \verb'$^^M$$'
-% at the end of the text to be processed. And \cw{expandafter}'s
-% should be added to pre-expand the token register.
-%
-% These examples illustrate the possible contents of (e.g.\@)
-% \cw{menufirstpart}, before processing
-%\begin{enumerate}\renewcommand{\theenumi}{\alph{enumi}}
-%\renewcommand{\labelenumi}{(\theenumi)}
-% \item \label{mmm}
-% \verb'^^Maaa^^Mbbb^^M'
-% \item \verb'aaa^^Mbbb'
-% \item \verb'^^Maaa^^Mbbb'
-% \item \verb'aaa^^Mbbb^^M'
-%\end{enumerate}
-% The processing of example (\ref{mmm}) would proceed as follows.
-% Call \cw{stripM}, adding \qc{\$} at the beginning and \verb'$^^M$$'
-% at the end.
-%\begin{verbatim}
-% \stripM $^^Maaa^^Mbbb^^M$^^M$$\stripM
-%\end{verbatim}
-% This finds a match with the \verb'$^^M' at the beginning. The
-% remaining text is passed on to \cw{stripMb}. We know that there is
-% now an extra \verb'$^^M$$' at the end, but we don't know if the
-% first \qc{\$} is preceded by \ctrl{M}.
-%\begin{verbatim}
-% \stripMb aaa^^Mbbb^^M$^^M$$\stripMb
-%\end{verbatim}
-% If it turns out that \arg{2} = \qc{\$}, then there was {\em not\/}
-% a \ctrl{M} at the end of the original text, and we need to strip
-% off a last remaining \qc{\$} sign. Otherwise we are finished if we
-% just discard \arg{2} and \arg{3} (the remaining \ctrl{M} and
-% \qc{\$} characters of the ones that we added).
-%
-% We use \qc{\$} as a marker since any \qc{\$} characters that
-% happen to occur in the menu text will have category 12 and thus
-% not match the category-3 \qc{\$} used in the definition of
-% \cw{stripMa} etc. A control sequence could also be used as a
-% marker if we took care to give it a bizarre name that would never
-% arise in the menu text (\cw{fxmenub} is used not just by
-% \cw{fmenu} but also by \cw{fxmenu}, which might have arbitrary
-% control sequences in its arguments); but that means using up one
-% more hash table entry and additional string pool.
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\stripM}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\lowercase{%
-\long\gdef\stripM#1$~#2#3\stripM#4{%
- \ifx$#2%
- \stripMa#1\stripMa#4%
- \else
- \stripMb#2#3\stripMb#4%
- \fi
-}
-}% end lowercase
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\stripMa}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\lowercase{%
-\long\gdef\stripMa $#1\stripMa#2{%
- \stripMb#1$~$$\stripMb#2}
-}% end lowercase
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\stripMb}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\lowercase{%
-\long\gdef\stripMb#1~$#2#3\stripMb#4{%
- \ifx$#2%
- \stripMc#1\stripMc#4%
- \else
- \stripMd#1\stripMd#4%
- \fi
-}
-}% end lowercase
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\stripMc}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\long\gdef\stripMc#1$#2\stripMc#3{%
- \stripMd#1\stripMd#3}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\stripMd}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\long\gdef\stripMd#1\stripMd#2{#2{#1}}
-\endgroup
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% Some tests.
-%\begin{verbatim}
-% %\lowercase{\def\test#1{\stripM $#1$~$$\stripM}
-% %\tracingmacros=2 \tracingcommands=2 \tracingonline=1
-% %\test{~aaa~bbb~}
-% %\test{aaa~bbb}
-% %\test{~aaa~bbb}
-% %\test{aaa~bbb~}
-% %\tracingmacros=0 \tracingcommands=0 \tracingonline=0
-% %}% end lowercase
-%\end{verbatim}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\stripcontrolMs}
-% The argument of \cw{stripcontrolMs} is a token register. The text
-% of the token register will be stripped of a leading and trailing
-% \ctrl{M} if either or both are present, and the remainder text will
-% be left in the token register.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\begingroup \lccode`\~=`\^^M
-\lowercase{%
-\gdef\stripcontrolMs#1{\xp@\stripM
- \xp@$\the#1$~$$\stripM#1}
-}% end lowercase
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\addmenulines}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\lowercase{%
-\gdef\addmenulines#1#2#3{%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Add \arg{2} at the beginning and \arg{3} at the end of every line
-% of token register \arg{1}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \def ~##1~##2{%
- #1\xp@{\the#1#2##1#3}%
- \ifx\end##2\xp@\@gobbletwo\fi~##2}%
- \edef\@tempa{\nx@~\the#1\nx@~}#1{}%
- \@tempa\end}
-}% end lowercase
-\endgroup % restore lccode of ~
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\fxmenub}
-%
-% The function \cw{fxmenub} is the one that does most of the hard
-% work for \cw{fmenu} and \cw{fxmenu}. Argument \arg{4} is the name
-% of the menu, \arg{5} is the argument specifiers (maybe empty).
-% Arguments \arg{1}\arg{2}\arg{3} are assignment type, extra setup,
-% and expansion control; specifically, these arguments are
-% \cw{gdef} \cw{begingroup} \cw{empty} for \cw{fmenu} or \cw{xdef}
-% \cw{xmesjsetup} and an extra \cw{noexpand} for \cw{fxmenu}.
-%
-% That this function actually works should probably be regarded as
-% a miracle rather than a result of my programming efforts.^^A
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% \footnote{Let's see, three miracles is a prerequisite for sainthood
-% in the Catholic church\Dash only two more needed for Don
-% Knuth to be a candidate \dots}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\fxmenub#1#2#3#4#5{%
- \stripcontrolMs\menufirstpart
- \stripcontrolMs\menulastpart
- \stripcontrolMs\menuchoices
- \addmenulines\menuchoices\menuline\endmenuline
- \actively\let\^^M\relax % needed for \xdef
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Define \arg{4}. Expansion control is rather tricky because of the
-% possibility of parameter markers inside \cw{menufirstpart},
-% \cw{menuchoices} or \cw{menulastpart}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \toks@{\long#1#4#5}% e.g. \xdef\foo##1##2
-% \end{macrocode}
-% If \cw{menufirstpart} is empty, we don't add the separator
-% material \cw{inmenuA}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \edef\@tempa{\the\menufirstpart}%
- \ifx\@tempa\@empty
- \let\nxa@\@gobble
- \else
- \addmenulines\menufirstpart
- \menutopline\endmenuline
- \let\nxa@\nx@
- \fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% If \cw{menulastpart} is empty, we don't add the separator
-% material \cw{inmenuB}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \edef\@tempa{\the\menulastpart}%
- \ifx\@tempa\@empty
- \let\nxb@\@gobble
- \else
- \addmenulines\menulastpart
- \menubotline\endmenuline
- \let\nxb@\nx@
- \fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Set up the definition statement that will create the new menu.
-% \arg{2} = \cw{begingroup} or \cw{xmesjsetup}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\edef\@tempa{{#3\nx@#3#2%
- \def#3\nx@#3\mesjtext{%
- #3\nx@#3\menuprefix
- \the\menufirstpart #3\nxa@#3\inmenuA
- \the\menuchoices #3\nxb@#3\inmenuB
- \the\menulastpart #3\nx@#3\menusuffix}%
- #3\nx@#3\sendmesj
- #3\nx@#3\menuprompt}}%
- \toks2 \xp@{\@tempa}%
- \edef\@tempa{\the\toks@\the\toks2 }%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Temporarily \cw{relax}ify \cw{menuline} etc. in order to prevent
-% their premature expansion if \cw{xdef} is applied.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \let\menutopline\relax \let\menuline\relax
- \let\menubotline\relax \let\endmenuline\relax
- \let\menunumber\relax
- \@tempa % finally, execute the \gdef or \xdef
- \endgroup % matches \mesjsetup done by \fxmenu
-}% end \fxmenub
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\fxmenu}
-%
-% Expanding analog of \cw{fmenu}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\fxmenu#1#2#{\xmesjsetup
- \toks@{\fxmenub{\xdef}{\xmesjsetup}\nx@#1{#2}}%
- \def\@tempa##1##{%
- \def\@tempa####1####{%
- \def\@tempa{\the\toks@}%
- \afterassignment\@tempa \menulastpart}%
- \afterassignment\@tempa \menuchoices}%
- \afterassignment\@tempa \menufirstpart
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\notyet}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\notyet#1{%
- \errmessage{Not yet implemented: \string#1}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\nmenu}
-% \begin{macro}{\nxmenu}
-% These two functions aren't implemented yet.
-%^^A [mjd,24-May-1993]
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\long\def\nmenu#1#2#3#4#5{\notyet\nmenu}
-\long\def\nxmenu#1#2#3#4#5{\notyet\nxmenu}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% \section{Menu traversal functions}
-%
-% For reliable travel up and down the menu tree, we need to push
-% and pop the value of \cw{curmenu} as we go along. Among other
-% things, \cw{curmenu} is used to repeat the current menu after a
-% help message.
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\optionstack}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newtoks\optionstack
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\curmenu}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\curmenu\@empty
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\estart}
-% Start of a stack element.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\estart\relax
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\eend}
-% End of a stack element.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\eend\relax
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\pushoptions}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\pushoptions#1{%
- \edef\pushtemp{\estart
- \def\nx@\curmenu{\curmenu}%
- \eend
- \the\optionstack}%
- \global\optionstack\xp@{\pushtemp}%
- \edef\curmenu{\curmenu#1}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\popoptions}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\popoptions{%
- \edef\@tempa{\the\optionstack}%
- \ifx\@empty\@tempa
- \errmessage{Can't pop empty stack
- (\string\optionstack)}%
- \else
- \def\estart##1\eend##2\@nil{%
- \global\optionstack{##2}%
- \let\estart\relax##1}%
- \the\optionstack\@nil
- \fi
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionX}
-%
-% The \qc{\X} option is a total exit from the menu maze, as
-% compared to \cw{moptionQ}, which returns you to the previous menu
-% level.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\fmesj\moptionX{Exiting . . .}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\repeatoption}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\repeatoption{%
- \csname moption\curmenu\endcsname}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionQ}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionQ{\popoptions \repeatoption}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\badoptionmesj}
-% The sole reason for using \cw{fxmesj} rather than \cw{fmesj} here
-% is to use \qc{\%} to comment out the initial newline, as the line
-% break was needed only for convenient printing of this
-% documentation within a narrow column width.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\fxmesj\badoptionmesj#1{%
-?---I don't understand "#1".}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\optionexec}
-%
-% The function \cw{optionexec} takes one argument, which it uses
-% together with \cw{curmenu} to determine the next action. The
-% argument is expected to be a macro containing a single letter,
-% the most recent menu choice received from the user.
-%
-% Common options such as \qc{\?}, \qc{\Q}, or \qc{\X} that may
-% occur at any level of the menu system are handled specially, to
-% cut down on the number of control sequence names needed for a
-% csname implementation of the menus.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\optionexec#1{%
- \if ?#1\relax \let\@tempa\moptionhelp
- \else \if Q#1\relax
- \ifx\curmenu\@empty \let\@tempa\moptionX
- \else \let\@tempa\moptionQ \fi
- \else \if X#1\relax \let\@tempa\moptionX
- \else
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Because special characters, including backslash, are deactivated
-% by \cw{readChar}, we can apply \cw{csname} without fearing problems
-% from responses such as \cw{relax}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \xp@\let\xp@\@tempa
- \csname moption\curmenu#1\endcsname
- \ifx\@tempa\relax
- \badoptionmesj{#1}\let\@tempa\repeatoption
- \else
- \pushoptions{#1}%
- \fi
- \fi\fi\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% We save up the next action in \cw{@tempa} and execute it last, to
-% get tail recursion.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \@tempa
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% Really big menu systems could get around \tex/ memory limits by
-% storing individual menus or groups of menus in separate files and
-% using \cw{optionfileexec} in place of \cw{optionexec} to
-% retrieve the menu text from disk storage instead of from main
-% memory. However there are a number of technical complications and
-% I probably won't get around to working on them in the near future.
-%^^A [mjd,24-May-1993]
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\optionfileexec}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\optionfileexec#1{\notyet\optionfileexec}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\xoptiontest}
-% The function \cw{xoptiontest} must return true if and only if the
-% macro \arg{1} consists entirely of one of the one-letter
-% responses \verb"? Q q X x" that correspond to special menu
-% actions. The rather cautious implementation with \cw{aftergroup}
-% avoids rescanning the contents of \verb"#1", just in case it
-% contains anything that's \cw{outer}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\xoptiontest#1{TT\fi
- \begingroup \def\0{?}\def\1{Q}%
- \def\2{q}\def\3{x}\def\4{X}%
- \aftergroup\if\aftergroup T%
- \ifx\0#1\aftergroup T%
- \else\ifx\1#1\aftergroup T%
- \else\ifx\2#1\aftergroup T%
- \else\ifx\3#1\aftergroup T%
- \else\ifx\4#1\aftergroup T%
- \else \aftergroup F%
- \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
- \endgroup
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\menuhelpmesj}
-%
-% Default help message, can be redefined if necessary. The extra
-% newlines commented out with \qc{\%} are here only for convenient
-% printing within a narrow column width.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\fxmesj\menuhelpmesj{&\menuprefix%
-A response of Q will usually send you back to %
-the previous menu.
-A response of X will get you entirely out of %
-the menu system.
-&\menusuffix%
-Press the <Return> key ( Enter ) to continue:
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionhelp}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionhelp{%
- \menuhelpmesj \readline{}\reply \repeatoption}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moptionhelp}
-% \cw{moptionhelp} is the branch that will be taken if the user
-% enters a question mark in response to a menu.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\moptionhelp{%
- \menuhelpmesj \readline{}\reply \repeatoption}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\moption?}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\xp@\def\csname moption?\endcsname{%
- \moptionhelp}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\specialhelp}
-% The function \cw{specialhelp} can be used to provide a one-time
-% alternate help message tailored to a specifc response given by
-% the user. It defines the first argument (the macro containing the
-% response) to contain \qc{\?}, then redefines \cw{menuhelpmesj} to
-% use the message text given in arg \arg{2}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\specialhelp#1#2{%
- \let\specialhelpreply=#1\def#1{?}\begingroup
- \def\menuhelpmesj{\let#1\specialhelpreply
- \promptxmesj{#2\
-Press <return> to continue:}\endgroup}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\specialhelpreply}
-% Init.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\specialhelpreply{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\lettermenu}
-% This is a convenient abbreviation for an often-used combination.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\lettermenu#1{%
- \csname menu#1\endcsname
- \readChar{Q}\reply \optionexec\reply
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% Restore any catcodes changed locally, and depart.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\restorecatcodes
-\endinput
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \CheckSum{513}
-% \Finale
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dialogl/menus.stp b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dialogl/menus.stp
deleted file mode 100644
index 9387c77e943..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dialogl/menus.stp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,240 +0,0 @@
-%%% ====================================================================
-%%% @LaTeX-style-file{
-%%% filename = "menus.sty",
-%%% version = "0.9x",
-%%% date = "1994/11/08",
-%%% time = "13:32:59 EST",
-%%% checksum = "38585 989 4295 33156",
-%%% keywords = "TeX, menus",
-%%% author = "Michael Downes",
-%%% email = "mjd@math.ams.org (Internet)",
-%%% supported = "yes",
-%%% abstract = "This file provides functions for writing
-%%% messages and menus on screen, and reading user responses. It
-%%% can be used with LaTeX as a documentstyle option, or in
-%%% other forms of TeX by a standard \input statement.",
-%%% docstring = "The checksum field above contains a CRC-16
-%%% checksum as the first value, followed by the equivalent of
-%%% the standard UNIX wc (word count) utility output of lines,
-%%% words, and characters. This is produced by Robert Solovay's
-%%% checksum utility.",
-%%% }
-%%% ====================================================================
-\csname trap.input\endcsname
-\input grabhedr.sty \relax
-\fileversiondate{menus.sty}{0.9x}{1994/11/08}
-\inputfwh{dialog.sty}
-\localcatcodes{\@{11}%
- \~{13}\"{12}\#{6}\^{7}\`{12}\${3}\:{12}}
-\storexmesj\menuprefix{
-======================================================================
-}
-\let\menusuffix=\menuprefix
-\storemesj\inmenuA{
-}
-\storemesj\inmenuB{
-}
-\storemesj\menuline{ }
-\def\menutopline{}
-\def\menubotline{}
-\storemesj\endmenuline{
-}%
-\def\menunumber#1{[#1] }
-\def\menuprompt{\promptmesj{Your choice? }}
-\newtoks\menufirstpart
-\newtoks\menuchoices
-\newtoks\menulastpart
-\def\fmenu#1#2#{\mesjsetup
- \catcode`\#=6 % for parameters
- \toks@{\fxmenub{\gdef}{\begingroup}{}#1{#2}}%
- \def\@tempa##1##{%
- \def\@tempa####1####{%
- \def\@tempa{\the\toks@}%
- \afterassignment\@tempa \menulastpart}%
- \afterassignment\@tempa \menuchoices}%
- \afterassignment\@tempa \menufirstpart
-}
-\begingroup % localize \lccode change
-\lccode`\~=`\^^M
-\lowercase{%
-\long\gdef\stripM#1$~#2#3\stripM#4{%
- \ifx$#2%
- \stripMa#1\stripMa#4%
- \else
- \stripMb#2#3\stripMb#4%
- \fi
-}
-}% end lowercase
-\lowercase{%
-\long\gdef\stripMa $#1\stripMa#2{%
- \stripMb#1$~$$\stripMb#2}
-}% end lowercase
-\lowercase{%
-\long\gdef\stripMb#1~$#2#3\stripMb#4{%
- \ifx$#2%
- \stripMc#1\stripMc#4%
- \else
- \stripMd#1\stripMd#4%
- \fi
-}
-}% end lowercase
-\long\gdef\stripMc#1$#2\stripMc#3{%
- \stripMd#1\stripMd#3}
-\long\gdef\stripMd#1\stripMd#2{#2{#1}}
-\endgroup
-\begingroup \lccode`\~=`\^^M
-\lowercase{%
-\gdef\stripcontrolMs#1{\xp@\stripM
- \xp@$\the#1$~$$\stripM#1}
-}% end lowercase
-\lowercase{%
-\gdef\addmenulines#1#2#3{%
- \def ~##1~##2{%
- #1\xp@{\the#1#2##1#3}%
- \ifx\end##2\xp@\@gobbletwo\fi~##2}%
- \edef\@tempa{\nx@~\the#1\nx@~}#1{}%
- \@tempa\end}
-}% end lowercase
-\endgroup % restore lccode of ~
-\def\fxmenub#1#2#3#4#5{%
- \stripcontrolMs\menufirstpart
- \stripcontrolMs\menulastpart
- \stripcontrolMs\menuchoices
- \addmenulines\menuchoices\menuline\endmenuline
- \actively\let\^^M\relax % needed for \xdef
- \toks@{\long#1#4#5}% e.g. \xdef\foo##1##2
- \edef\@tempa{\the\menufirstpart}%
- \ifx\@tempa\@empty
- \let\nxa@\@gobble
- \else
- \addmenulines\menufirstpart
- \menutopline\endmenuline
- \let\nxa@\nx@
- \fi
- \edef\@tempa{\the\menulastpart}%
- \ifx\@tempa\@empty
- \let\nxb@\@gobble
- \else
- \addmenulines\menulastpart
- \menubotline\endmenuline
- \let\nxb@\nx@
- \fi
-\edef\@tempa{{#3\nx@#3#2%
- \def#3\nx@#3\mesjtext{%
- #3\nx@#3\menuprefix
- \the\menufirstpart #3\nxa@#3\inmenuA
- \the\menuchoices #3\nxb@#3\inmenuB
- \the\menulastpart #3\nx@#3\menusuffix}%
- #3\nx@#3\sendmesj
- #3\nx@#3\menuprompt}}%
- \toks2 \xp@{\@tempa}%
- \edef\@tempa{\the\toks@\the\toks2 }%
- \let\menutopline\relax \let\menuline\relax
- \let\menubotline\relax \let\endmenuline\relax
- \let\menunumber\relax
- \@tempa % finally, execute the \gdef or \xdef
- \endgroup % matches \mesjsetup done by \fxmenu
-}% end \fxmenub
-\def\fxmenu#1#2#{\xmesjsetup
- \toks@{\fxmenub{\xdef}{\xmesjsetup}\nx@#1{#2}}%
- \def\@tempa##1##{%
- \def\@tempa####1####{%
- \def\@tempa{\the\toks@}%
- \afterassignment\@tempa \menulastpart}%
- \afterassignment\@tempa \menuchoices}%
- \afterassignment\@tempa \menufirstpart
-}
-\def\notyet#1{%
- \errmessage{Not yet implemented: \string#1}}
-\long\def\nmenu#1#2#3#4#5{\notyet\nmenu}
-\long\def\nxmenu#1#2#3#4#5{\notyet\nxmenu}
-\newtoks\optionstack
-\let\curmenu\@empty
-\let\estart\relax
-\let\eend\relax
-\def\pushoptions#1{%
- \edef\pushtemp{\estart
- \def\nx@\curmenu{\curmenu}%
- \eend
- \the\optionstack}%
- \global\optionstack\xp@{\pushtemp}%
- \edef\curmenu{\curmenu#1}%
-}
-\def\popoptions{%
- \edef\@tempa{\the\optionstack}%
- \ifx\@empty\@tempa
- \errmessage{Can't pop empty stack
- (\string\optionstack)}%
- \else
- \def\estart##1\eend##2\@nil{%
- \global\optionstack{##2}%
- \let\estart\relax##1}%
- \the\optionstack\@nil
- \fi
-}
-\fmesj\moptionX{Exiting . . .}
-\def\repeatoption{%
- \csname moption\curmenu\endcsname}
-\def\moptionQ{\popoptions \repeatoption}
-\fxmesj\badoptionmesj#1{%
-?---I don't understand "#1".}
-\def\optionexec#1{%
- \if ?#1\relax \let\@tempa\moptionhelp
- \else \if Q#1\relax
- \ifx\curmenu\@empty \let\@tempa\moptionX
- \else \let\@tempa\moptionQ \fi
- \else \if X#1\relax \let\@tempa\moptionX
- \else
- \xp@\let\xp@\@tempa
- \csname moption\curmenu#1\endcsname
- \ifx\@tempa\relax
- \badoptionmesj{#1}\let\@tempa\repeatoption
- \else
- \pushoptions{#1}%
- \fi
- \fi\fi\fi
- \@tempa
-}
-\def\optionfileexec#1{\notyet\optionfileexec}
-\def\xoptiontest#1{TT\fi
- \begingroup \def\0{?}\def\1{Q}%
- \def\2{q}\def\3{x}\def\4{X}%
- \aftergroup\if\aftergroup T%
- \ifx\0#1\aftergroup T%
- \else\ifx\1#1\aftergroup T%
- \else\ifx\2#1\aftergroup T%
- \else\ifx\3#1\aftergroup T%
- \else\ifx\4#1\aftergroup T%
- \else \aftergroup F%
- \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
- \endgroup
-}
-\fxmesj\menuhelpmesj{&\menuprefix%
-A response of Q will usually send you back to %
-the previous menu.
-A response of X will get you entirely out of %
-the menu system.
-&\menusuffix%
-Press the <Return> key ( Enter ) to continue:
-}
-\def\moptionhelp{%
- \menuhelpmesj \readline{}\reply \repeatoption}
-\def\moptionhelp{%
- \menuhelpmesj \readline{}\reply \repeatoption}
-\xp@\def\csname moption?\endcsname{%
- \moptionhelp}
-\def\specialhelp#1#2{%
- \let\specialhelpreply=#1\def#1{?}\begingroup
- \def\menuhelpmesj{\let#1\specialhelpreply
- \promptxmesj{#2\
-Press <return> to continue:}\endgroup}%
-}
-\def\specialhelpreply{}
-\def\lettermenu#1{%
- \csname menu#1\endcsname
- \readChar{Q}\reply \optionexec\reply
-}
-\restorecatcodes
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `menus.sty'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dialogl/uktex91.1x b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dialogl/uktex91.1x
deleted file mode 100644
index 7a523efb5d0..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/dialogl/uktex91.1x
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,159 +0,0 @@
-% Removed parts marked by ellipsis dots (mjd)
-. . .
-
-UKTeX Digest Friday, 4 Jan 1991
- Volume 91 : Issue 1
-
-Today's Topics:
- RE: Testing for numeric-only input
- RE: Help with TeX fonts
- re: Footnotes without the number
- metafont bombs out on cmbase.mf
-
-. . .
-
-------------------------------------------------------------
-
-Date: Tue, 13 Nov 90 19:35:05 +0000
-From: TEX@UK.AC.CRANFIELD.RMCS
-Subject: RE: Testing for numeric-only input
-
-In message 84 of Tue, 13 Nov 90 11:20:22,
-C20249@UK.AC.POLY-SOUTH-WEST.PRIME-A wrote:
-
-> Back in March, I wrote to you asking for help with a TeX/LaTeX
-> query. I have still not had any acknowledgment or reply. Can you
-> please help? Here is my query:
-
-I'm sorry, but there appears to be no record of your submission to
-UKTeX ever having arrived. Perhaps it came in when Aston were
-experiencing some difficulty in forwarding Janet mail to the UKTeX
-editor, and you missed the ``bounce''.
-
-> I am writing a LaTeX "program" and need your help. I am using
-> \typein to prompt the user to enter a "number" via the terminal.
-> Then I set a counter to the value of the "number" read in.
->
-> \typein[\mynumber]{Please type a number}
-> \setcounter{mycounter}{\mynumber}
->
-> What I would like to do is to insert some TeX logic (before
-> setting the counter) to check the validity of the "number"
-> entered (it should consist of a sequence of digits 0-9 only) and
-> to prompt the user again if it contains anything else.
->
-> I have scoured the TeXbook looking for anything that might appear
-> to be useful or relevant, but I'm not a TeXpert and my search was
-> fruitless.
-
-Having had a slightly similar requirement when writing my
-crossword.sty option, and eventually being pointed towards
-\afterassignment by Frank Mittelbach, I can sympathize.
-
-I've just knocked together (and tested!) the following style option,
-which fills the bill, I think.
-
-Enjoy!!
- Brian {Hamilton Kelly}
-
-. . .
-+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
-
-[Start of attached file CHECKNUM.STY]
-% CHECKNUM.STY
-%
-% A style file providing the macro \getnumber.
-%
-% Usage: \getnumber{A prompt string}{countername}
-% or: \getnumber{A prompt string}[default]{countername}
-%
-% Outputs the specified prompt and accepts input interactively.
-%
-% If the input forms a valid number, it will be assigned to the
-% LaTeX counter `countername'. Invalid input causes repetition
-% of the prompt until a valid response is given.
-%
-% The second form, with the optional parameter, will assign the
-% value `default' (which must be a valid number) to countername
-% if the user types return by itself.
-%
-% Caveat: Input commencing with leading zeros will be spuriously
-% rejected.
-%
-%
-% Author: Brian {Hamilton Kelly}
-% Address: Royal Military College of Science,
-% Shrivenham, SWINDON, SN6~8LA, United Kingdom
-% Tel: ++44 793 785252
-% e-mail: <TeX@Uk.Ac.Cranfield.RMCS>
-% Date: 13th November 1990
-%
-% This macro reads and consumes all following text, up to and
-% including the special marker \@nil
-\def\special@gobble #1\@nil{}
-% This if allows us to decide whether a valid number was entered
-\newif\ifg@rbage
-%
-% Here is the macro to be invoked by the user
-%
-\def\getnumber#1{\@ifnextchar[{\g@tnumber#1}{\g@tnumber#1[]}}
-%
-% This is the macro that does the work!
-%
-\def\g@tnumber#1[#2]#3{%
- \loop
-% Doing things this way allows us to get the prompt and the
-% response onto the same line; the alternative course of using
-% \typein would have separated these items, and the prompt line
-% itself would have read as
-% ``\@tempa=''.
- \typeout{}% Ensure we start on a newline;
- % prompt & response then together
-% If the optional default value is provided, include it in the
-% prompt
- \ifx #2 \@empty
- \message{#1: }%
- \else
- \message{#1 [#2]: }%
- \fi
-% Read the user's response
- \read\m@ne to\@tempa
-
-% If the user types just a return, \@tempa will be set to `\par ';
-% convert this into just a space by itself. When we later perform
-% the assignment to \@tempcnta, the latter will assume the value
-% zero, so the expansion of \@tempa will NOT equate to that of
-% \@tempb, and the input of a return by itself will thus be
-% rejected. (NB \@defpar is defined by LaTeX.TeX)
- \ifx \@tempa\@defpar \xdef\@tempa{#2\space}\fi
-% We'll now assign to \@tempcnta whatever part of the beginning of
-% the content of \@tempa (read from the input) that constitutes a
-% legal number; any remaining characters (including the terminating
-% space) will then be discarded by the call of \special@gobble, but
-% this macro only takes effect AFTER the assignment to the counter
-% has taken place
- \afterassignment \special@gobble \@tempcnta=0\@tempa \@nil
-% We define \@tempb to expand to whatever legal number was input,
-% with a trailing space.
- \xdef\@tempb{\the\@tempcnta\space}%
-% therefore, iff \@tempa contained only digits then its first-level
-% expansion will be identical to that of \@tempb
- \ifx\@tempb\@tempa
- \g@rbagefalse
- \else
-% But if the `number' input contained non-digit characters, then
-% \@tempb will contain something different!
- \g@rbagetrue
- \fi
-% If we didn't get a valid number, then tell the punter; the
-% \repeat will then return us to the \loop above, and re-prompt for
-% input.
- \ifg@rbage
-\typeout{Your response contained non-digit characters; try again!}%
- \repeat
-% Finally, we can set the user-provided LaTeX counter and return
- \setcounter{#3}{\the\@tempcnta}%
-}
-
-------------------------------
-. . .